HomeMy WebLinkAboutRMDL2007-00397o-► 3q-t
I
POST OAK
SQUARE
FACADE REMODEL
HARVEY & STATE HIGHWAY 6
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS
PROJECT SPECIFICATION MANUAL
CDA
Architects
Gharies L.C.bambiies . A LA., Archibect O D
Member American Iast[tute of Archtbects
1"03 Cornerstone Village Dr.�°��
Houston, Texas 770:4-i2o6��
281 / 440-3301 Fax 281 / 440-3755 0 000 voo
P
SECTION 000lo
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS
Post Oak Square - Facade Remodel
Harvey & State Highway 6
College Station, Texas
INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL
DESCRIPTION
DATED: FebruarY5.2002
NUMBER OF PAGES
DIVISION oo: PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REOUIREMENTS
SECTION 000lo - INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 00030 - NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS 1
SECTION 00105 - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 3
SECTION 00200 - TRADE PROPOSAL FORM a
SECTION 00210 - REQUEST FOR PAYMENT FORMS 1
SECTION 00310 - GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN 1
SECTION 00320 - GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN 1
SECTION 00335 - SUBCONTRACTORS' AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS' PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN _1
SECTION 00350 - SUBCONTRACTORS' AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN 1
SECTION 00400 - GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 2
SECTION oo811- SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL 6
SECTION oo835 - JOBSITE SAFETY RULES 3
DIVISION os000: GENERAL REOUIREMENTS
SECTION o1o6o - SITE USE AND PROTECTION 1
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS 7
SECTION 01405 - OWNER PROVIDED TESTING LAB SERVICES 4
SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 2
SECTION 01420 - CONTRACTOR DUTIES FOR TESTING 1
SECTION 01450 — ACCESS TO SITE AND INSPECTION OF WORK 1
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES 2
SECTION 01510 - MISCELLANEOUS WORK 2
SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT.., 3
SECTION 01710 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 2
SECTION o174o - GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 1
DIVISION 02000: SITEWORK
SECTION 02100 — ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS REPORT 52
SECTION 02281- TERMITE CONTROL 2
SECTION 02520 - CONCRETE PAVEMENT 4
DIVISION 03000: CONCRETE
SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK 6
SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 5
SECTION 03300 - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 11
SECTION 03370 - CONCRETE CURING 3
SECTION 04050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS
SECTION 04100 - MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 3
SECTION 04405 — CAST STONE WORK
SECTION 04410 — STONE UNITS
POST OAK SQUARE - FAC,ADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 000io
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 05000: METAIS
SECTION 05050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS, GENERAL 1
SECTION 05100 - COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING 3
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 2
SECTION 05200 - METAL JOISTS 2
SECTION o5310 - METAL DECKING 2
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 3
DIVISION o6000: WOOD AND PLASTICS
SECTION o61oo - ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 07000: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07130 - WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING 2
SECTION 07190 - WATER REPELLENTS 2
SECTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM 6
SECTION o74io - PRE -FINISHED METAL 2
SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 4
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION o8000: DOORS AND WINDOWS
SECTION o8305 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 1
SECTION o8410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
SECTION o846o - AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS 4
SECTION o8700 - FINISH HARDWARE 3
SECTION o8800 - GLASS AND GLAZING 2
DIVISION o9000: FINISHES
I ` SECTION 09205 - SOFFIT AND CEILING ACCESSORIES 2
SECTION 09210 - METAL LATH 2
SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 2
SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD 3
SECTION o99oo - PAINTS AND COATINGS 6
DIVISION i0000: SPECIALTIES (NOT APPLICABLE)
DIVISION ii000 - EQUIPMENT (NOT APPLICABLE)
DIVISION 12000 - FURNISHINGS (NOT APPLICABLE)
DIVISION i-g000 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
DIVISION 14000: CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT APPLICABLE)
DIVISION i-r;000: MECHANICAL (REFER TO DRAWINGS)
DIVISION 16000: ELECTRICAL (REFER TO DRAWINGS)
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 00030
NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS
TO: ALL INVITED BIDDERS
FROM: CDA Architects
144:03 CORNERSTONE VILLAGE DRIVE
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77014-12o6
281-440-3301
281-440-3755 FAX
AnnT@CDAarchitects.com
THE PROJECT: Fidelis Realty Partners is accepting bids from select qualified Contractors for the Fagade
Remodel of Post Oak Square, Harvey & State Highway 6, College Station, Texas.
BID SPECIFICS: Bids will be accepted with Lump Sums for the work and with a Lump Sum for the entire
scope, to be included with unit prices as stated in Sections 01025, of these Specifications.
BID DOCUMENTS: Each selected bidder will be issued THREE (3) sets of Drawings and THREE (3) sets of
Project Specification Manuals. Additional Drawings and Specifications will be available for
purchase by the bidders through:
Ridgway's
15534 W. Hardy, Suite 220
Houston, Texas 77o6o
281-447-4441
BID ADDRESSEE: Fidelis Realty Partners
19 Briar Hollow Lane, Suite too
Houston, Texas 77027
Attn: Kevin M. Curry
713- 623-6800 ; 713- 623-6804 fax
BID LOCATION: CDA Architects
14403 CORNERSTONE VILLAGE DRIVE
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77014-12o6
281-440-3301; 281-440-3755 FAX
AnnT@CDAarchitects.com
BID TIME / DATE: Base Bids with Unit Prices and Alternate Prices will be due on: -
March 2, 2007 Time: 2:00 PM
BID OPENING: Bids will be opened privately with delivery of written bid and/or modifications accepted by
facsimile transmission or e-mail. (All copies must be followed up with original, signed
proposal within 24 hours of bid deadline.)
INFORMATION: Questions concerning the Bid and Bid documents should be directed to the Project
Architect or Project Leader at the office of the Architect in writing. Answers to those
questions will be answered in writing.
PROJECT SCHEDULE: PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS DATED: February 8, 2007
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED: February12, 2007
PRE -BID CONFERENCE @ SITE: February 20, 2007 at 9:3oAM
BIDS DUE: March 2, 2007 at 2:00 PM
CONSTRUCTION START: Written Notice to Proceed by Owner.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND (On or before 110 calendar days
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY from written notice to proceed.)
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of i
SEC,'TION 00105
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
Post Oak Square Facade Remodel
Harvey @ State Highway 6
College Station, Texas
INVITATION TO BID:
Proposals from Invited General Contractors addressed to the Owner for the construction of Post Oak
Sqaure Facade Remodel (Exterior Elevation Remodel w/ all related work to include but not limited to,
sitework, utilities, roofing, etc.) located on Harvey at State Highway 6 in College Station, Texas, in
accordance with the Contract Documents as prepared by CDA Architects and their consultants, will be
received at the office of the Architect until the time indicated on the Notice to Prospective Bidders.
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK:
The intent of the Contract Documents is to provide a complete functioning structure or installation as
indicated. The transportation, unloading, storing, erection or installation, testing and making
operable of all parts of the Project shall be included under this contract at times appropriate thereto.
The Work consists of furnishing of all labor, materials, services, equipment, and fixtures required for
fabrication, delivery and erection of all items of Work, as described in the Contract Documents.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BIDDING:
Each Selected General Contractor will be furnished up to three (3) sets of Drawings and three (3) sets
of Project Specification Manuals. All unsuccessful bidders shall return these documents to the
Architect's office within 7 days after award of the contract.
BIDDER'S RESPONSIBILITY
Each bidder is hereby cautioned to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents contained in ~'
these Specifications and on the Drawings and bring any discrepancies to the attention of the Architect.
Any discrepancies not called to the attention of the Architect will be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
Contractors shall examine the site thoroughly before preparing the bid. The Contractor will not be
given extra payments for conditions that could be determined or reasonably anticipated in advance by
site examinations.
The Contractor should qualify his bid if examination of documents and site are not clear for any
conditions affecting the Work.
LAWS AND REGULATIONS:
The Bidders attention is directed to the fact that any applicable national, state, and local laws and
ordinances shall apply to this project. The rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction
over the construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout and they will be deemed to
be included in the contract as though written herein in full.
ADDENDA TO DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
During the progress of bidding, bidders may be furnished certain addenda covering additions,
deductions or alterations to the drawings and/or specifications. Such addenda shall be included in the
work covered by the proposal and shall become a part of the contract documents. The Architect and
Owner will not be responsible for the authenticity or correctness of any oral interpretations of the
Contract Documents, or for any information that was not issued in an Addendum or WRITTEN as a
direct response to WRITTEN Request For Information by the Bidder. Receipt of each Addenda shall
be acknowledged by the bidders on the Proposal Form, and each Addendum shall be considered a part
of the Contract Documents. Failure to acknowledge receipt of any addenda issued may invalidate a
proposal as incomplete.
l SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL:
All bids shall be submitted (single copy only) on proposal form furnished by the Owner, identical to the
sample shown herein. All blanks shall be filled in or the bid will not be accepted. Bids must be
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 3
SECTION 00105
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
received by the specified bid date and time as indicated on Notice to Prospective Bidders. Bids will be
privately opened, read, and tabulated.
The bidder is to include in his proposal the cost of all State or Local sales or use taxes, all Federal
taxes, charges, or duties of any nature including permits, licenses, fees, or other charges applicable to
the work incorporated under this Contract (no exclusions will be accepted). Requests for exceptions
shall be made in writing with estimated allowance Proposal (include allowance in Base Bid). .
SUBSTITUTIONS:
The bid shall be based on the items and brands named in these specifications or on the drawings.
Substitution requests should be submitted as early as possible to allow adequate time for analysis and
.review. If any change is made, it will be in the form of an Addendum, issued to all invited bidders. All
substitutions shall be proposed prior to the Bid date; however, if there is not sufficient time for
analysis, the substitution will not be considered.
No substitutions or variations from the Specifications and Drawings, other than those which are
approved by the Owner from the Official Substitution Sheet and incorporated into the Agreement, will
be permitted after the Agreement is signed, except that where "or approved equal," is used. In these
cases, the Contractor shall have the right, after entering into the Agreement, to request the Owner's
approval of a substitute material generally considered to be equal to that named in the Specifications
and/or Drawings. Request for approval of any substitute must be submitted in writing to the Owner,
together with all necessary supporting data, within fifteen (15) days after signing of the Agreement.
The Owner shall be the sole judge of the suitability, acceptability and equality of the substitute material
and may accept or reject the same. No material, not accepted by the Owner in writing, may be
substituted for a specified material.
If any substitution of any material or equipment increases costs in any way, these costs shall be borne
by the Contractor.
OWNER'S RESERVATIONS:
The Owner reserves the unrestricted privilege to reject any, part of any, or all of the bids received and
to waive any informalities in the bidding, contracts will be awarded on the basis of the lowest and/or
best bids as determined by the Owner.
No proposal shall be considered as accepted, nor any obligation hereunder assumed by the Owner
until such time as the Owner may deposit in the U.S. Mail, or hand to the Contractor, personally,
written notice addressed to the successful bidder at the address given on the proposal, of acceptance of
his proposal.
The intent is to award the Retail, and Sitework package to the same General Contractor. However, the
Owner reserves the unrestricted privilege to award the contract in separate packages to more than one
contractor if the Owner so desires.
UTILITIES FOR EQUIPMENT START-UP:
The Contractor shall pay for all power, water and gas required to start-up and test the performance of
installed equipment prior to the Owner's representative written final acceptance of the Contract.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
The project shall be completed in a maximum of one hundred and ten (iio) calendar days from the
date of construction start. See "NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS" for construction start date and
construction schedule.
The successful bidder shall begin work at CONSTRUCTION START and to progress substantially with
the "Construction Schedule" to complete all work within the contract schedule, unless delayed by
jurisdictional or general strikes beyond the control of the Contractor, act of God or National
Emergency.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 00105
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
Portions of work may require after hour labor and scheduling which shall be included in the Bid.
Contractor must schedule inspection and receive approval prior to cover up of electrical, water, storm
drainage and sanitary utilities. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule with the Owner any
disruption to existing center's utilities and/or site access.
The Work shall proceed according to the milestones set by the Owner's Representative and the Project
Schedule as developed by the Contractor. Submittal of the proposal signifies the Bidder's Agreement
to perform according to the completion date unless specified otherwise.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 11
In the event that the Contractor fails to meet the schedule completion date for the Project provided
above, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for
each day that the scheduled date is exceeded in the completion of the Project. This sum is hereby fixed
and agreed as liquidated damages and not as a penalty; it being understood that the damages which
the Owner will suffer in such an event are not subject to accurate calculation. The Owner shall be
entitled to deduct any liquidated damages due hereunder from the Contract Sum. Should the
liquidated damages exceed the portion of the Contract Sum owed to the Contractor, the Contractor
shall promptly pay the Owner the difference.
WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
Include in the construction schedule an estimate of the amount of adverse weather anticipated during
construction work. No extra payment will be made for construction or protection in adverse weather,
without owner's prior approval to meet such date. Weather days will not extend contract time period.
ACCELERATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND PLANNING:
The completion of this project at the earliest possible date is of utmost importance to the Owner.
Bidder shall thoroughly investigate all possible methods of scheduling and employing work forces to
achieve the earliest completion date. The early completion is of such importance that the Owner, in
selecting the successful bidder, will base his completion decision not only on the lowest bid but also on
the completion date and may award the Contract to the bidder whose bid, in dollar amount and
number of construction days, is to his overall advantage.
TIME FOR COMPLETION:
The Base Bid will be for the completion of the work not to exceed completion date indicated on the
PROPOSAL FORM by the General contractor.
Contractor will be given fourteen (14) calendar days to complete the punch list from the date of the
walk-through. If at the end of this period, the punch list is not finished, a seven-day notice will be sent
to the Contractor. If punch list items remain after the seven-day period, the Owner will finish the work
and deduct this expense from the General Contractor's moneys.
DATE OF ACCEPTANCE:
The date of acceptance shall be defined as the date when all work, including punch list, has been
completed and accepted in writing by the Owner.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 00210
REQUEST FOR PAYMENT FORMS
All Requests for :Payments shall be submitted in accordance with and printed on ALA Document
G702 with CSI specification breakdown in accordance with and printed on AIA Document G703.
AIA Documents shall be latest edition.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 1
SEC,°110N 00200
TRADE PROPOSAL FORM
TO: Fidelis Realty Partners
i9 Briar Hollow Lane, Suite ioo
Houston, Texas 77027
Attn: Kevin M. Curry
713- 623-6800
713- 623-6804 fax
SUBJECT:
Proposal for the construction of the Post Oak Square Fagade Remodel, and associated work, on
Harvey at State Highway 6 in College Station, Texas.
BIDS:
The undersigned bidder after careful examination of the Plans, Specifications and Site, hereby agrees
to furnish all material, labor, equipment, tools and supervision, and to do everything necessary to
complete the work in (indicate below) calendar days from the date of Notice to Proceed for the sum of
(indicate below):
Bid Item No. 1- This Bid Item shall include the Scope of Construction and the Sitework for the
entire Site.
This sum shall also include the complete construction as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications
as prepared by CDA Architects, Inc. including their Consultants.
Dollars ($ ) Days ( )
Contract Time: The undersigned agrees to complete the work in
Contract Time.
I:1013D1zI7�
The following Addenda are included:
Bid Item No.
No.'s
Dates
ALTERNATES
Alternate No. 1-
Add: $
UNIT PRICES
Item Description
Deduct: $
calendar days as the
Unit Add per Unit Deduct per Unit
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 3
SECTION 00200
TRADE PROPOSAL FORM
Unit Price No. 1:
One Single Aluminum Storefront Door (Section o846o) with storefront and Hardware (Section
o8700) installed:
Cost: $
Unit Price No. 2:
One 12' Sliding Aluminum Entrance Door (Section o846o) with Hardware (Section o8700)
installed:
Cost: $
EXTRA WORK
The undersigned agrees that should any change in the Work or extra Work be ordered where unit
prices set out above are not applicable, the following applicable percentage shall be added to material
and labor costs to cover overhead and profit:
1. Allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit for extra Work performed by Contractor's own
forces. Percent.
2. Allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit for extra Work performed by subcontractor and
supervised by Contractor. Percent.
OFFICIAL. SUBSTITUTION SHEET
Bid shall be based on those brands and items called for on the Plans and in the Specifications.
Bidders desiring to offer substitutions for specified brands or items shall list such proposed
substitutions below and state the amount, if any, to be added to or deducted from the bid.
No such substitutions shall be incorporated into the work without prior written consent of the Owner.
DIVISION ITEM SPECIFIED SUBSTITUTION ADD DEDUCT
QUALIFICATIONS:
The undersigned agrees that this proposal shall be valid for a period of thirty (3o) days from the date
it is received, unless withdrawn with written consent of the Owner.
The undersigned agrees that he will submit to the Owner an itemized breakdown, per specification
table of contents, of the contract price in exact accordance with AIA Document G702 and G703. This
breakdown shall be subject to the Owner's approval.
Work shall commence on the Owner's premises within seven (7) calendar days after award of the
Contract.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 00200
TRADE PROPOSAL FORM
In submitting this proposal, it is hereby understood that the Owner reserves the unrestricted privilege
1,
to reject any and all bids, or parts of bids, and to waive any informalities in the bidding.
Should the Owner deem it necessary to require a statutory bond to pay liens or claims or a
performance bond, the undersigned certifies that his state of business and financial affairs is such that
the Owner will find it possible to secure such bonds in the amount of i00% of the contract price.
The statutory bond, which prevents a lien claimant from filing suit against the Owner or the Owner's
property, must (i) be in a sum at least equal to the total of the original contract amount (ii) be in favor
of the Owner, (iii) have the written approval of the Owner endorsed on it, (iv) be executed by both the
original contractor as principal and a corporate surety authorized to do business in Texas, and (v) be
conditioned on the prompt payment for all labor, subcontracts, materials, and payment for all labor,
subcontracts, materials, and payment of all other items required pursuant to Section 53.202 of the
Texas Property Code, or any successor legislation.
The surety company providing these bonds must be listed in the current U.S. Treasury Department's
list of Surety Companies Acceptable On Federal Bonds with an underwriting limitation at least equal
to the amount of the bond. In addition, the surety company must be authorized'to do business in the
State of Texas.
The additional premium for statutory bond only will be in the amount of $
The additional premium for both statutory and performance bonds will be in the amount
of $ . If the Owner elects to have this project bonded, it is understood that the Owner will
pay the premiums for such bonds.
In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby agrees to enter into a contract with the
Owner within five (5) days of receipt of the contract agreement from the Owner, and to faithfully
execute said contract according to its terms mutually agreed upon.
OFFICIAL ADDRESS
FIRM NAME
By
Title
State whether a:
Corporation ( )
Partnership ( )
Sole Proprietorship ( )
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 00310
GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN
( For and in consideration of * $ the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby .
acknowledged, when the amount due and indicated on the partial Request of Payment has been received,
the undersigned being duly sworn deposes and says that all labor, material, and services included in this
and all previous .payments have been fully.paid and indebtedness discharged and furthermore does hereby
waive, release, and relinquish any and all claims, demands, and right of lien for all: work, labor, material,
machinery, equipment, fixtures, and services performed and furnished for the premises built for Fidelis
Realty Partners, LP, hereinafter described, to -wit:
up to and including , 20
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be duly executed this
day of , 20
(Name of Company)
(Signature)
(Title)
* Only the amount of partial payment requested; not a cumulative to total.
r"
STATE OF )
SS:
COUNTY OF )
Personally appeared before me this
sworn on oath says: That he is
of
day of
authorized to execute this instrument on behalf of said
My commission expires:
NOTARY SEAL
Notary Public
20 , duly
and that he is
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of i
SECTION 00320
GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN
Date
The Request for Payment submitted herewith contains a request for $ which
sum is due to the subcontractors and materialmen and for $ which sum is due
the principal contractor herein for the week performed under the Project.
Affiant further stated all payroll taxes or contributions imposed upon the affiant by statute or law
has been paid.
Affiant further stated that all the foregoing is true and complete to the best of his knowledge,
information and belief.
Further affiant saith not.
STATE OF
SS:
COUNTY OF
(Signature)
(Title)
(Company)
Before me, A Notary Public, in and for the State of . came
. by me known, and made oath that he is
Of and that he
has read the foregoing affidavit and subscribed the same and that he knows it to be true to the best of his
knowledge, information and belief.
My commission expires:
NOTARY SEAL
Notary Public
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of i
SECTION 00335
SUBCONTRACTORS' AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS'
PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN
Date:
For and in consideration of * $ , the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned being duly sworn deposes and says that all labor,
material, and services included in this and all previous payments have been fully paid and indebtedness
discharged and furthermore does hereby waive, release, and relinquish any and all claims, demands, and
right of lien for all work, labor, material, machinery, equipment, fixtures, and services performed and
furnished for the premises built for Fidelis Realty Partners, hereinafter described,.to wit:
up to and including , 20
(Name of Company)
By
(Signature)
(Title)
* Only the amount of partial payment requested; not a cumulative total.
STATE OF 1
SS:
COUNTY OF )
Personally appeared before me this day of, 20
duly sworn on oath says: That he is
of
authorized to execute this instrument on behalf of said
My commission expires:
NOTARY SEAL
Notary Public
, and that he is
POST OAK SQUARE - FAC;ADE REMODEL
Page i of i
SECTION 00400
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
PART 1GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Provisions established within the General and Supplementary General Conditions of the
Contract, and the Drawings and applicable requirements of Division 1 collectively govern
this section.
1.2 SCOPE
A. The Owner has furnished a geotechnical engineering services report with respect to the
building and site. A copy is bound in this manual and work defined in such is hereby
made a part of the Project Requirements.
6. The data from the Geotechnical Investigation report is not intended as representations or
warranties for continuity of such conditions. It is expressly understood that the Architect
and Owner will not be responsible for the accuracy or applicability of the data given
herein.
C. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor
at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect, provided such operations are acceptable
to the Architect.
D. Bidders are expected to examine the site and subsurface investigation reports and then
decide for themselves the character of the materials to be encountered.
2. PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
3. PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 1
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
OF
C POST OAK SQUARE
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS
SJB PROJECT NO.: 050191
FEBRUARY 2005
I
SPENCERJ. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC.
206 North Sims Street, Bryan, Texas 77803 • Post Office Box 672, Bryan, Texas 77806-0672
C Telephone 979-822-3767 • Fax 979-822-7604
Spencer J. Buchanan, P.E.- (1903-1982)
February 16, 2005
Mr. Kevin M. Curry
Fidelis Realty Partners
19 Briar Hollow Lane
Houston, Texas 77027
Philip N. Buchanan, Ph.D., P.E.
Reference: Geotechnical Investigation for Post Oak Square
College Station, Texas
SJB Project No. 050191
Dear Mr. Curry,
Dr. Mark W. Buchanan
Attached is our report for the geotechnical investigation performed for the site of the Post Oak
Square property in College Station, Texas.
The information contained in this "Geotechnical Investigation' is a factual report of the
stratigraphy revealed on the specific dates and in the specific locations at the subject property.
Each Log of Boring with Summary of Laboratory Test Data sheet is a factual report of actual
laboratory test results and material descriptions derived as a result of these laboratory results.
While a geotechnical investigation provides a reasonable basis to establish subsurface
conditions, it does not assure the absence of subsurface anomalies, which may influence design.
If conditions are encountered during construction that are materially different than those
presented in this report, Spencer J. Buchanan Associates, Inc. should be notified before
proceeding.
It has been a pleasure to perform this service for you. If you need any more information or if
you require further services such as construction material testing or inspection during
construction, we will be pleased to perform these services. on your behalf.
Sincerely, e o
Spencer J. Buchanan Associates, Inc.'�•� •qs
....................
lyI o•'rHAM M
+O..e
P ' iW.. an, Ph.D., P.E.
' • s¢
REPORT OF
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
POST OAK SQUARE
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS
SJB PROJECT NO.050191
FEBRUARY 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
EXECUTIVESUMMARY......................................................................................................1
AUTHORIZATION................................................. :.............................................................1
FOUNDATION EXPLORATION..........................................................................
LABORATORY TESTING .............:..... ............. 3
....................................................................
FOUNDATION CONDITIONS........................................................................................... 4
FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................... 5
DRAINAGE RECOMMENDATIONS................................................................................ 8 I
OBSERVATION AND CONTROL...................................................................................... 9
DESIGNREVIEW..................................................................................................................10
GENERAL.............................................................................................................................10
PROPRIETARY INTEREST................................................................................................11
APPENDIX
Logs of Boring with Summary of Laboratory Test Data (8)
Key to Soil Classifications and Symbols
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report summarizes the geotechnical investigation that Spencer J.
Buchanan Associates, Inc. ("SJBA") performed for the renovation of the Post Oak
Square property.
Discussed within this report are the foundation exploration and laboratory
testing analyses performed for this investigation. The soils explored and tested
within this site appear to be highly expansive in nature. Beneath the current
structure, there appears to be a building pad comprised of from two to four feet of
silty sandy material. The buildings are constructed using the Tilt -wall method and
there is no indication of foundation movement
AUTHORIZATION
Mr. Kevin M. Curry of Fidelis Realty Partners authorized the investigation by
contract on 12 January 2005.
FOUNDATION EXPLORATION
This exploration is based on eight borings performed at the proposed site.
Seven Borings were drilled as close to the existing structures as feasible and one
boring was drilled in the interior of the 1200 Harvey Road structures. The borings
were drilled January 18 to February 3, 2005, using a Failing Model 3600 truck-
1
mounted hydraulic rotary drilling rig. The borings to evaluate the existing
structures were drilled to a 25-ft depth with sampling continuously in the upper 10-ft
depth, and intermittently thereafter on 5-ft centers. The interior boring was drilled
to four feet to evaluate the existing floor with sampling continuously to the same
depth.
One sample of cohesionless soil was obtained by means of the Standard
Penetration Device, whereby a 2-inch O.D. split -barrel sampler is driven into the bottom
of the cleaned borehole by blows from a 140-pound hammer dropped a distance of 30-
inches. After first driving the sampler 6-inches to seat, the number of blows required to
drive the sampler an additional 12-inches is recorded as the penetration resistance, and
this value can be found on the Boring Log under the column labeled Blows/Foot.
Relatively undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained using 3-in.
diameter Shelby Tube Samplers. These samples were extruded from the sampler in
the field, probed with a calibrated hand penetrometer for a relative measure of their
unconfined compressive strength, and classified by type in general accordance with
the Unified Soil Classification System. All samples were then appropriately
packaged to preserve their in -situ moisture contents, and placed in wooden core
boxes for safe transport to our testing laboratory in Bryan, Texas. Hand
penetrometer compressive strength values and sample descriptions are shown
adjacent the sample number on the appended Log of Boring with Summary of
Laboratory Test Data sheets, hereafter referred to as Boring Logs.
2
The seven 25-ft borings were advanced using the 41/2-in. rotary wash drilling
method and bailed of drilling fluids upon completion of drilling. Soundings were
made approximately twenty-four hours after drilling to determine evidence of
groundwater. Boring CB-5 revealed water at 12-ft, the remaining core borings were
dry and most caved at approximately eighteen feet from existing ground surface and
are shown on each Boring Log appended to this report. It is interesting to note that
the only indication of water is in the vicinity of the Toys-R- Us location. The
structure at that site has been subject to movement.
It is important to understand that the depth to static water table can be
expected to vary with environmental variations such as frequency and magnitude of
rainfall and the time of year when construction begins. Depth to static water table
elevation should be verified shortly before construction begins. In the event that
water is encountered Auring construction, the geotechnical engineer must be
contacted for verification of the suitability of the recommendations in this report.
LABORATORY TESTING
Tests were performed in our laboratory on samples selected by our
engineering staff to determine the properties of the foundation soils. All tests were
performed in general accordance with ASTM and TxDOT Standard Test Procedures.
Natural moisture content, Atterberg limits, and percent passing the No. 200
sieve tests were used to classify the soils in general accordance with ASTM 2487-00
3 J
( Unified. Soil Classification System. These classifications were used to confirm or
revise field classifications and to determine general soil conditions. Shear strengths
of the clays were obtained from the evaluation of density tests and unconsolidated-
.
undrained triaxial compression tests, which were performed at confining or lateral
pressures, intended to simulate overburden pressures.
Bar linear shrinkage limit tests were performed on selected samples in
accordance with Tex-107-E in order to determine the potential volumetric change
that can be expected from the material as moisture contents vary. Results of all tests
are shown on the Boring Logs appended to this report.
FOUNDATION CONDITIONS
r
The Geologic Atlas of Texas - Austin Sheet, shows that Easterwood Shale deposits of the
Pleistocene age and the Yegua Formation of Eocene age underlie this site. The I
description is cited as follows:
EASTERWOOD SHALE MEMBER OF YEGUA FORMATION
EASTERWOOD SHALES I
The division of the Yegua group is composed, dominantly, of very fine, thinly
laminated shales of various white .to gray ashy colors. These shales have the
property of extreme dilation during wet seasons, and are here considered the
Easterwood shales. When the dry shale of a member is placed in water it breaks
apart and dilates somewhat like pure bentonite. The material placed under a
compound microscope shows fine unmeasurable particles. The material placed in a
bottle and allowed to become thoroughly separated, when agitated thoroughly will
remain in suspension for a number of years. It might be said that some of the I
members of the Easterwood shales were originally made up of colloidal or near
colloidal clay. The buildings in College Station and those on the campus have this
shale for foundation.
n
W
The soils range from soft to medium strength with compressive strengths
ranging from 0.56 to 3.75 tons per square foot (tsf) with an average of 1.94 tsf. The
liquid limits range from 30 to 91 with an average of 52, and the plasticity indices (PI)
range from 7 to 61 with an average of 33. The data indicates that these soils are SC,
CH, CL-ML and CL materials, known as clayey sands, fat clays, silty clays and lean
clays, respectively. The majority of the test results indicate that these soils are fat
clays, which possess high expansive/contractive ability. Due to potential for
shrink/swell in response to changes in moisture content, proper drainage and
subgrade preparation are extremely important design features that should be
incorporated in the final design to mitigate the potential for failure.
FOUNDATION CONSIDERATIONS
Drilled and underreamed pier foundation system:
The structures at the Post Oak Square are constructed using the Tilt -Wall
technique. As such the walls are made of concrete slabs and therefore the primary
weight of the structure is in the exterior walls. There are drilled and undereamed piers at
the perimeter of the structures as well as at the interior columns. The drilled and
underreamed pier foundation system should extend to a uniform elevation at a depth of
about 20-ft below the present ground surface. The very stiff clay encountered at this
elevation will provide an adequate bearing capacity to minimize subsequent differential
structural movements and provide an allowable soil bearing capacity of 5,000 psf with a
5 1
factor of safety of 3, or 7,000 psf with a factor of safety 2. We recommend using a factor
of safety of at least 3 for dead load, or a factor of safety of at least 2 for total load.
Calculate the bearing areas, and utilize the design that requires the larger bearing area.
m
Our typical recommendations for drilled and underreamed piers include the
following statements and I would not be surprised to find the existing piers meet this
criteria. Piers should be sized so that the shaft diameter is at least 1/3 of the undreamed
diameter and a minimum of at least 12-in. Due to the tensile forces in the pier shaft,
which could be caused by uplift of the expansive clays, we recommend vertical steel
reinforcement in piers be at least 1.5% of the shaft cross -sectional area and that the
reinforcement extends the full depth of the piers.
Drilled piers should be drilled, underreamed and .concreted in a more or less
continuous operation without unnecessary slack time. Concrete for piers should be
placed using a tremie, allowing concrete to free drop no more than 8-ft. We recommend
using concrete with 4,000-psi compressive strength at 28 days.
The floor system is isolated from the columns by a cut out with a construction joint
at each column. The floor slab is resting on light tan silty sand to a depth of four feet. The
floor slab is a conventional reinforced steel concrete slab having a 41/2-in. thickness. It
is not known if there are intermediate grade beams, and we have not tested the floor slab
concrete for compressive strength. However, visual inspection did not indicate any
distress.
The Atterberg plasticity index of select fill should be between 5 and 15. The fill
_ should be placed in maximum 8-in. thickness loose lifts and then recompacted to a
6
I
density of at least 95 % of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 698. The
moisture content of the fill at the time of compaction should be within the range of
optimum to 4% wet of optimum. The inplace building pad does not seem to meet
these criteria, but the floor slab shows no distress.
Concrete Curing:
In our reports we always comment on the procedures for curing concrete, it
may be that in this case the concrete is already in place and the comments are
unnecessary. However, proper concrete curing is another essential for a quality
foundation system. In accordance with the American Concrete Institute ACI 302.1R-
96 titled "Concrete Floor and Slab Construction," proper curing and protection of the
concrete floor and slab should be performed in order to achieve the highest quality
slab. Based on Chapter 9 "Curing, Protection, and Joint Filling", two factors are
critical in the placement of concrete:
1. Concrete strength is attained
2. Temperature cracks are minimized
After proper placement and finish of suitable quality concrete, curing is the
single most important factor in achieving a high quality slab. The primary purpose
of curing is to slow the loss of moisture from the slab. The longer the period of
moisture retention, the better the hydration of the cement is accommodated,
resulting in greater concrete strength. The first 72-hours are the most important.
7
Some curing methods are: I
• Wet covering
• Waterproof paper
Polyethylene film
• Liquid membrane forming curing compounds -
Regardless of the method employed, the curing process should begin as soon
as finish operations are complete. If concrete begins to dry excessively prior to '
completion of the finish operations, fogging or use of a monomolecular film should
protect the surface.
The duration of curing will vary depending on method used, ambient
temperature, humidity and type of cement. With any type of cement, when
temperatures are above 40-degrees Fahrenheit, seven days of uninterrupted curing is
normally recommended.
DRAINAGE RECOMMENDATIONS
Drainage is an important design feature that should be resolved prior to I
construction. Proper drainage is essential to the successful performance of the I
foundation. Improper drainage is a major cause of foundation movement.
Therefore, it is important to grade the area around the sides of the structure such that
}
water drains rapidly away from the residence. To accomplish this we recommend I
the top of the concrete slab be at least 8-in. above the ground. Additionally, the I
ground should have a minimum 6-in. fall in the first 10-ft away from the structure in
all directions, i.e. a minimum 5% grade away from the structure for at least 10-ft.
8
11
This is necessary to help regulate moisture content of the soils beneath the
foundation.
Do not allow water to "pond" next to the foundation. Water will naturally
migrate via thermal osmosis to cooler areas beneath foundations, which can allow
moisture to affect the subgrade soils, often with detrimental consequences. It has
been our experience that vegetation such as shrubs, trees, flowers, etc., immediately
adjacent foundations facilitate moisture migrating to the foundation soils. It is
important to consider how to drain the area around the residence such that all runoff
from sprinkler systems, air conditioning units, water spigots, downspouts, etc. will
drain away from the foundation.
In the case of the structures under consideration the drainage is already in
place with pavements adjacent to the structures. If the structures are removed and
replaced drainage considerations may come into play.
OBSERVATION AND CONTROL
It is important that the soil work be performed under the direct observation of
the Soils Engineer or Engineering Technician, who will prepare and test concrete
cylinders and determine moisture and density of soils as required. Observation and
quality control measures will help to ensure compliance with design specifications
and plans. SJBA will provide this service under a separate contract.
9
DESIGN REVIEW
In order to make certain that the geotechnical recommendations and design
criteria presented herein -are properly interpreted and incorporated into the final
contract documents, it is important that Spencer J. Buchanan Associates, Inc. is
engaged to review the final design, construction plans and specifications prior to
release for bid and/or construction. Please be advised that, if the Contract
Documents (plans and specifications) issued for construction, do not fully
incorporate the recommendations of this report or if the construction is not in
conformity with this report, SJBA assumes no liability for the performance of the
foundation addressed in this report.
GENERAL
The information contained in this geotechnical investigation is a factual report I
of the stratigraphy revealed on the specific dates and in the specific locations at the
subject property. Each Log of Boring with Summary of Laboratory Test Data sheet is
a factual report of actual laboratory test results and material descriptions derived as
a result of these laboratory results.
While a geotechnical investigation provides a reasonable basis to establish
subsurface conditions, it does not assure the absence of subsurface anomalies, which
may influence design. If conditions are encountered during construction that are
10
materially different from those presented in this report, Spencer J. Buchanan
Associates, Inc: must be notified before proceeding.
PROPRIETARY INTEREST
This report is the property of SJBA and our client and pertains specifically to
the project for which it was prepared. It is based upon the geotechnical investigation
of the particular site for this specific project. Its findings and recommendations may
not be genera
proprietary in
accepts no lial
APPENDIX
I
Harvey Road (State Highway 30)
rrrrirnr�lllli �IIIIIIIII�I���
Pylon Sign
Al81CID
Pier 1
1102
1400 Harvey Road
i104-A
wWS Moot Cavendefs Boat City
ttw.e
woe t,uP n
11040
VACANT
�100 al
1105
.1kna dw
11MA
S—Pbmk
Country
17f1E-B
v8d Btd,
Lh*. ied
110a.0
C-1
►apmWd.
CB-2 CS-1 ...__
1140 Harvey i s`
1128 Harvey Road Sizes Unlimited�-
TJ Maroc W
Toys-R-Us
1200 Harvey (Not a part oithe Post Oak
Vacant - 32,07o sq. 1L ®® Square Shopping Center)
Not To Scale °8-8 M m m ~• _
Trash
Package 2 Bay Loading Dock ^^_
Delivery - CB-7
CB-6
BORING PLAN
POST OAK SQUARE
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS
SJB PROJECT NO. 050191.
BORING LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE
NOT TO SCALE
)p,
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: CB-1
LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: January 18, 2006 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connall GROUND ELEV: Unknown
5
o U.
m c E
E b
mZ
m Sl
E
c
m e
m
V
5
cv`g e
0
A p o
c %
m a d
aDESCRIPTION
' Shelby Tube Sample Penetration Sample J Jar BIF Blows per foot
Disturbed sample
No Recovery B Bag Pen (lsf) Field estimate
from cuttings
9
0 Water encountered while drilling Open -hole water level Bar Liner
OF STRATUM Shrinkage
Moisture
Content
(/.)
Dry .
Density
(peQ
Atterberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
(LBO
Strain %
Lateral
Pressure
(psi)
Type Failure i
LL
PL
PI
1573
4.0
Asphalt (2'), base (8'), becoming gray clayey sand below 10'
19
89
1574
0.0
Dark gray sandy day
30
87
42
15
27
0.56
3.7
2.0
Bulge
5
1575
4.0
Very stiff light gray day
25
95
62
17
45
2.10
15.9
4.0
Bulge
1576
3.0
Very stiff light gray sandy clay
32
84
1577
3.5
Very stiff Iighl gray day
BLS • 1r.0%
31
94
70
24
46
1.51
3.8
7.5
45° shear
10
1578
3.5
Very stiff light grey sandy day with organics
34
84
15
1579
3.0
Very sUff light grey sandy day
25
96
20
1580
4+
Light grey clayey sand
26
92
49
21
28
2.89
6.0
2.0
Bulge
25
Bottom at 25-ff.
Boring dry and caved at 10116-ff, January 20, 2005.
30
35
40
SPENCER J. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC. BRYAN, TP.XAS
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: CB-2
LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: January 18, 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
� y
o U.
$
m E
a e
M =
c
47
E a
S
a
m F
$ W
o
� �
m a
o
' Shelby Tube Sample Penetration Semple J Jar B/F Blows per fool
Disturbed sample
No Recovery B Beg Pen (tsf) Field estimate
from cuttings
Q water encountered while drilling Open -hole water level
Moisture
Content
(�)
Dry
Density
(Pc�
Atterberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
l�0
Strain %
Lateral
Pressure
(pal)
Type Failure i
LL
PL
PI
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
Other Teats
1591
1.0
Asphalt (2'), base (6'), becoming dark gray clayey sand below 8'
18
109
1592
0.5
Dark gray clayey sand
22
103
5
1593
2.0
Stiff black sandy clay
23
102
52
17
35
1.88
8.6
4.0
Bulge
1594
2.0
Stiff dark gray sandy day
22
99
1595
3.0
Very stiff light gray sandy day with organics
32
88
63
20
43
1.60
6.0
8.0
Bulge
10
1696
3.5
Very stiff light tan and gray sandy clay with organics and Iron ore stains
33
88
15
1597
4.0
Very stiff tan sandy day with organics and Iron ore stains
24
99
52
17
33
2.48
3.1
16.0
60° shear
20
1598
4+
Herd tan sandy day with organics
23
101
48
18
30
3.75
5.5
2.0
Vertical split
25
Bottom at 254
Boring dry and caved at 18-R, January 20, 2005.
30
35
40
SPENCER J. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC.
aRYIN,TEXAS
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: CB-3
LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: February 2, 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
d a
E
n a 2
Z
E or
a
a
s
c
o
q F �e
f
m (n
d
Shelby Tube Sample Penetration Sample J Jar B/F Blows per foot
Disturbed sample
from cuttings No Recovery B Beg Pan (taQ Field estimate
0 Water encountered while drilling Open -hole water level Bar Linear
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM Shrinkage
Moisture
Content
(%)
Dry
Oeneily
(Pcn
Atterberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
(lsi)
Strain %
Lateral
Pressure
(pal)
Type Failure r
LL
PL
PI
127
0.5
Tan clayey sand with gravel over brown clayey sand with gravel
126
1.0
Plastic brown sandy day with gravel
16
106
30
16
14
0.69
5.0
2.5
Bulge
5
129
2.0
Stiff gray sandy day
21
105
36
16
20
0.93
6.0
5.0
Bulge.
130
2.0
Brown sandy day
e.o%
131
3.0
Tan clayey sand with Iron are stains
10
132
2.5
Very stiff gray and yellow day with Iron ore stains, organics, varved, with sand seams
32
69
72
27
45
1.70
5.6
12
Bulge
15
133
2.5
Very stiff tan sandy day with Iron ore stains and organics
20
134
4.0
Very stiff Ian sandy clay with Iron ore stains and organics
21
107
41
18
22
3.19
9.6
20
60° shear
25
Bottom at 25-ft.
Boring dry and caved at 164L January 20, 2005.
30
35
40
SPENCER A BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC. BRYAO ,TEXAS
I
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: CB4
LOCATION: As shown an Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: February 3, 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
E
I
g U.
B
d c E
'a9
_
a
c
w a0
o
u
b d
o tY
g t
'C
o
�
m 6
IL
' Shelby Tube Semple Penetration Sample J Jar B/F Blows per tact
Disturbed sample No Recovery B Bag Pen (190 Field estimate
from cuttings
Q Water encountered while drilling Open hole water level Other Teats
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
Molsture
Content
(%t)
Dry
Density
(PcQ
gnsrbsrg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Camp
(tat)
Strain X
Lateral
Pressure
(psi)
Type Failure
r
LL
PL
PI
135
3.0
Concrete (87, then tan sandy clay with organics, grading Into stiff gray sandy clay
136
2.5
Stiff dark gray sandy clay
17
111
32
15
17
1.41
8.6
2.5
Bulge
5
137
0.5
Soft gray sandy Clay
138
4.0
Very stiff light gray sandy clay with Iron stains
15
118
34
15
19
4.01
6.6
6.0
Bulge
139
4.0
Very stiff light tan sandy clay
10
140
3.5
Very stiff light gray sandy clay with organics and Iran stains
34
65
87
26
61
1.92
4.6
12
30' shear
15
14l
4.0
Very stiff light gray sandy clay with organics and Iron stains
20
142
4.0
Very stiff light gray sandy clay with organics and Iron steins
24
100
48
19
29
3.36
6.6
20
Vertical split
25
Bottom at 25-R.
Boring dry and caved at 191/2-R, February 3, 2005
30
—35
40
SPENCER J. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC. BRYtN, TEXAS
LOG OF BORING WI I N ,UMMAKT Ur LNGvrw t — r r �� .+r• •�
BORING NO: CB-5
PROJECT: Post Oak Square LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DATE: February 3, 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
1� COMPRESSION TESTS
c � � c ,o tJ 'Shelby Tuba Sample � Penetration Semple J Jar BJF Blows per toot
Moisture Dry Atterberg Limits
E o r3 c Disturbed sample
m E o c S P No Recovery B Beg Pen (tsQ Field estimate Content Density Lateral
g u 8 ro E v from cuttings (e�) (pcQ Comp Strain % Pressure Type Failure
I z 5 1 Q Water encountered while drilling Open -hole water level '4 Passing Ne. (ISO (psi)
H a 200 Sieve LL PL PI
a DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
143 2.0 Light gray clayey sand with gravel becoming stiff brown sandy clay
5
Loose dark gray sand
30•2%
144
5
145
1.0
Dark grayclayey sand
Very stiff tan and gray sandy clay
19
108
44
15
28
0.89
9.3
8
Bulge
146
4.0
147
4.0
Very stiff tan and gray sandy clay with organics
20
110
50
17
33
2.93
7.6
7.5
Bulge
10
v
148
4.0
Gray clayey sand with gravel
15
149
3.0
Brown sandy clay with Iron stains
25
101
48
18
29
1.53
3.3
16
Vertical split
TO
150
4.0
Very stiff brown sandy clay with Iron stains and organics
25
Bottom at 25-ft.
Note: Water encountered at 13•ft while drilling, February 3, 2005.
Water at 12•ft, boring caved at 12 112•ft, February 3, 2005
30
35
40
QEVAN. TEXAS
CER A W ASI , INC. .
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: C"
LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: January 18.2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4'Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
S
d
ma
C
OCOX
d
v c
a m
rn =
c
6
Ern
c
r K
S o r°
o '^ a
o
i
m a
o
' Shelby Tube Sample Penetration Sample J Jar B/F Slows per foot
Disturbed sample
from cuttings No Recovery B Bag Pen (tst) Field estimate
Q Water encountered while drilling Open -hale water level % Passing
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM No. 200 Sieve
Moisture
Content
(A)
Dry
Density
(Pc0
Attsrberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
(tso
Strain X
Lateral
Pressure
(psi)
Type Failure i
LL
PL
PI
1599
4+
Concrete (6W), becoming dark gray and black clayey sand below concrete
21
101
1600
4.0
Dark gray clayey sand
13
107
21
1 14
1 7
0.58
4.8
2.5
Bulge
5
1601
1.0
SUff gray sandy clay with sand seams
18
109
1602
3.0
Very sUff light gray sandy clay with sand seems
24
99
50
17
33
2.54
5.6
6.0
Bulge
1603
2.0
Very stiff light grey sandy clay with organics end Iron ore stains
e4.1%
28
91
10
1604
3.0
Very sUH light gray sandy day with organics and Iron ore stains
34
87
72
24
48
2.47
3.3
12.0
Bulge
15
20
1605
4+
Hard light gray sandy clay with organics and Iron ore stains
22
99
1606
4+
Hard light gray sandy day with sand seams
24
101
25
Bottom at 254
Boring dry and caved at 18-111. January 20, 2005.
30
35
40
SPENCER J. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC. BRYAd.TEXAS
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT:. Post Oak Square BORING NO: CB-7
LOCATION: As shown on Boring Plan
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: February 2, 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: 4' Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
C
u
d
a
n =
H
b
c
A
v d
Q.
g
b o
o 4F
m d
C a
' Shelby Tube Sample Penetration Sample J Jet SIF Blows per foot
Disturbed sample No Recovery B Bap Pen (ten Field estimate
from eutHnpa
Q Water encountered while drilling Open -hole water level % Passing No.
200 Sieve
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
Moisture
Content
(.A)
Dry
Density
(Pon
Atterberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
(tan
Strain Y.
Lateral
pressure
(psi)
Type Failure
r
LL
PL
PI
119
0.5
Concrete (1051'), 'then ten clayey send with gravel becoming dark gray clayey sand
120
1.5
Dark grey clayey sand
23
96
5
121
0.5
Soft dark gray sandy clay
e1.sx
26
68
44
17
27
0.18
2.0
5.0
60' sheer
122
2.0
Light gray clayey sand with calcium deposits over light tan sandy clay with calcium deposits
123
3.5
Very stiff light tan sandy clay with organics, calcium deposits, and Iron ore stains
33
87
78
30
48
1.33
2.3
7.5
Vertical Split
10
124
4+
Hard light tan sandy clay with organics, calcium deposits, and Iron ore stains
23
103
43
19
24
2.32
7.0
12
60' shear
15
125
3.5
Very stiff light tan sandy clay with organics and Iron ore stains
20
126
4.0
Very stiff light tan sandy clay with Iron are stains
38
82
91
31
60
1.69
4.0
20
Bulge
25
Bottom at 25•ft.
Water at 6•R., boring caved at 7•R. February 3, 2005
Note: Inactive sewarline was encountered at 8-R.
30
35
40
:ER J. NAS$ INC. 81..-- --As
LOG OF BORING WITH SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST DATA
PROJECT: Post Oak Square BORING NO: C8-8
LOCATION: Hobby Lobby, Inside floor
CLIENT: FIDELIS REALTY
DATE: January 31. 2005 PROJECT NO: 050191 BORING TYPE: V Auger
DRILLER: M. Hodges SOIL TECHNICIAN: J. O'Connell GROUND ELEV: Unknown
a li
o
a m E
z
H
c
E c
c m
c
o
c
1
m a m
o
' Shelby Tube Sample Penetretlon Semple J Jar B/F Blows per foot
hom Disturbedsample aNo Recovery 13 Bag Pen (tsf) Field estimate
9 a
Q water encountered while drilling Open hole water level /. Passing
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM No. 200 Sieve
Moisture
Content
(%)
Dry
Density
(PcQ
Anerberg Limits
COMPRESSION TESTS
Comp
(tat)
Strain %
Lateral
Pressure
(Psi)
Type Failure
LL
PL
PI
117
0.0
Concrete (W), then light ten sand
118
0.0
Light tan silty send
21.3%
10
109
19
16
3
5
Bottom at 4-ft.
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
SPENCER J. BUCHANAN ASSOCIATES, INC. BRYAN, TEXAS
-KEY.TO•SOIL. CLASSIFICA-11UN AIviJ ->rtnavl-Z0
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMO)
TERMS CHARACTERIZING
Major
Symbol
SOIL STRUCTURE (2) I
Letter
NAME
Hatching
Color
Divisions
SLICKENSIDED-hoving inclined planes of
Well -graded gravels or gravel-sond
weakness that are slick and glossy
G W
�
mixtures, little or no fines
in appearance. I
'
RED
FISSURED- containing shrinkage crocks,
Poorly -graded gravels or grovel -sand
frequently filled with fine sand or silt;
G P
`
�:�
mixtures, little or no tines
usually more or less vertical.
GRAVEL
AND
�`
LAMINATED (VARVED)-composed of I
Silty gravels, grovel - sand -silt mixtures
GRAVEL L
thin layers of varying color and
SOILS
GM
texture, usually grading from Bond or
I
silt at the bottom to clay of the top.
YELLOW
I
Cloyey grovels, grovel -sand -clay mixtures
CRUMBLY -cohesive soils which break Into
GC
small blocks or crumbs on drying.
COARSE
GRAINED
CALCAREOUS -containing appreciable
a 0
SOILS
0
Well -graded sands or gravelly sands,
quantities of calcium carbonate,
S W
Oaa
little or no fines
generally nodular.
0 0
0
RED
WELL GRADED -having wide range In
;;•
Poorly-groded sands or gravelly sands,
groin sizes and substantial amounts
SAND
S P
.;;
little or no fines
of oil intermediate particle sizes. '
I
AND
••
POORLY GRADED- Dredominontly of one
SANDY
grain size (unitormly graded) or having
SOILS
SM
Silty sonds,sand-silt mixtures
a range of sizes with some Interme-
diate size missing(gop or skip graded)
YELLOW
Clayey sonds,sand-clay mixtures
SYMBOLS FOR TEST DATA
SC
M/C= 15 - Natural moisture content in I
Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock
ilour,silty or clayey fine sands or clayey
percent
M L
silts with slight plasticity
!! = 95 -Dry unit weight In lbs./cu. ft.
SI LTS
Inorganic cloys of low to medium plasticity,
C L
GREEN
gravelly clays, sandy cloys, silty clays,
Ou = 1.23-Unconfined compression I
AND
CLAYS
lean clays
strength In tons/sq.ft.
'
Organic silts and organic silt -clays
LL<50
Oc=1.68(21 psi) -Confined compression
FINE
OL
of low plasticity
strength at Indicated lateral pressure I
GRAINED
51-21-30 —Liquid limit, Plostic limit,
Inorganic silts:, micaceous or diatomaceous
SOILS
fine sandy or silty soil elastic silts
and Plasticity Index
MH
,
30'/..FINER- Percent finer than NO.200
Inorganic clays of high plasticity , tot
SILTS
mesh sieve I
AND
CLAYS
C H
BLUE
clays
30 B/F - Blows per foot , standard
LLi50
penetration test
Organic cloys of medium to high plastic-
OH
Ity, organic silts
V-Ground water table
I
Oc = 2.31 (1.4 %) - Confined compression
strength at indicated strain of Failure
HIGHLY
[M
ORGANIC
Pt
ORANGE
I
Peat and other highly organic soils
I
SOILS
i
I
I
TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OF SOIL (2)
COARSE GRAINED SOILS
FINE GRAINED SOILS
NO. BLOWS/FT.
DESCRIPTIVE TERM NO BLOWS/FT. UNCONFINED COMPRESSI01
STANDARD PENJEST TONS PE
DESCRIPTIVE TERM STANDARD PEN. TES
Very Loose
0-4
Very Soft
<2
< 0.25
Loose
4-10
Soft
2-4
0.25-0.50
Firm (medium)
1 0-30
Plostic (med. stiff)
4-8
0.50— 1.00
Dense
30-50
Stiff
8-15
1.00-2.00
Very Dense
over 50
Very Stiff
15— 30
30
2.00-4.00
over 4.00
Hard
over
Field classification for "Consistency " Is deter Med with o 0.25"diem. penetrometer.
In general, considering a 3in. diameter by Gin. high cylinder
very soft clay may sag or slump of its own weight. Soft cloy can be pinched in two between thumb and forefinger.
Plastic cloy can be easily imprinted or molded with fingers. Stiff cloy can be imprinted slightly with fingers ;is difficult to mold.
Very stiff doy can barely be imprinted with fingers; connot be molded. Hord cloy cannot be imprinted with fingers; con be pierced with pencil.
I -From Waterways Experiment Station Technical Memorandum No. 3-357
I2-From"Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice" Terzoghi and Peck
BUCHANAN/SOIL MECHANICS, INC.
SECTION oo811
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
o.oi.i The conditions of the contract for this contract is the American Institute. of Architects'
Standard 'Document No. A2oii "GENERAL CONDITIONS of the CONTRACT for
CONSTRUCTION",1997 Edition. These instructions supplement and supersede portions'of
A2oi.
0.0.2 ARTICLE 1 — GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. DEFINITIONS: Add the following to Paragraph 1.1:
1.1.8 AGREEMENT: The Contract between the Owner and the Contractor for the
performance of the Work.
1.1.9 ALTERNATE: A variation in Contract requirements on which a separate price
is to be received as a part of the bid. If the alternate is accepted, the
variation will then become a part of the Contract and the amount of money
quoted will be added or deducted from the base bid to determine the
Contract Sum.
1.1.10 BASE BID: A bid before any alternates are considered.
1.1.11 BIDDING DOCUMENTS: The documents issued to facilitate and control the
taking of bids, including the Contract forms. They are not part of the
Contract Documents, unless so stipulated in the Agreement. See the Table
of Contents for a detailed list.
1.1.12 CONTRACT TIME: The number of consecutive calendar days required to
perform the Work calculated from the date of authorization to proceed until
Substantial Completion.
1.1.13 CONTRACTOR, PRIME CONTRACTOR: Contractor who has executed an
agreement with the Owner for construction of all or a designated part of the
project.
1.1.14 DAY: A calendar day beginning and ending at 12:00 midnight.
1.1.15 EQUAL; APPROVED EQUAL; ARCHITECT APPROVED; ACCEPTABLE;
APPROVED; REQUIRED; DIRECTED; INSTRUCTED: Opinions and
interpretations of the Contract Documents by the Architect and limited in
authority and responsibility as defined in the General Conditions.
1.1.16 FINAL COMPLETION: The date when the Work of the Contract Documents
is accepted and the Contract fully performed.
1.1.17 LATE CHANGE: A change in the Work that requires the expenditure of non-
recoverable costs after acceptance of the required shop drawings, samples
and schedules.
1.1.18 MANUFACTURERS; MATERIAL SUPPLIERS: The person or company
responsible for material performance, availability, and delivery to the Site of
the Work.
1.1.19 NOT -IN -CONTRACT; NIC: Work not include in this Contract.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 6
SECTION oo8ii
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
1.1.20 OCCURRENCE (Defined as follows for insurance purposes): An event which
occurs during the policy period, or a continuous or repeated exposure to
conditions which result, during the policy period, in bodily injury, sickness or
disease, or injury to or destruction of property, excluding injuries intentionally
caused by the insured. Any number of bodily injuries, death, cases of sickness, or
disease, injuries to or destruction of property of one or more persons or
organizations, including the loss of use thereof, resulting from a common cause
or from exposure to substantially the same general condition existing at or
emanating from each, location shall be deemed to result from one occurrence.
1.1.21 PRIME BIDDER: A Contractor that submits a proposal to the Owner for
Construction of all or a designated part of the project.
1.1.22 PROVIDE: To furnish all necessary labor, materials, equipment, accessories,
transportation and services as necessary to complete the installation, and install
the referenced materials and accessories.
1.1.23 SPECIFICATIONS: The written description of the requirements to perform the
Work. They may be in the Project Manual, on the Drawings, or both.
1.1.24 TIMELY CHANGE: A change in the Work that can be arranged before the
particular item of Work has required the expenditure of any non -recoverable
costs.
1.1.25 WORKING DAYS: Any day except Saturdays, Sundays and Legal Holidays where
the Work is located.
B. CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Add the following
to Paragraph 1.2:
1.2.4 The most recently issued Document takes precedence over previous issued
forms of the same Document. The order of precedence is as follows with
the highest authority listed first:
a. The Agreement.
b. Addenda.
C. Supplementary Conditions.
d. General Conditions.
e. Specifications and Drawings.
1.2.5 RELATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS: The Drawings and
Specifications are correlative and have equal authority and priority. Should
they disagree in themselves, or with each other, base the bids on the most
expensive combination of quality and quantity or work indicated. The
appropriate method of performing the Work, in the event of the above
mentioned disagreements, will be made by the Architect.
1. Figures take precedence over scale measurements.
2. Large scale details take precedence over smaller scale details.
3. Architectural Drawings take precedence in regard to dimensions, when in
conflict with Mechanical and Structural Drawings, except for the size of
the structural members.
4. Specifically titled Drawings and sections of the Specifications take
precedence over indication of the item in a collateral way.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 6
SECTION oo8u
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
5. Existing conditions take precedence over Drawings and Specifications for
dimensions.
1.2.6 OPTIONAL MATERIAL, BRANDS AND PROCESSES: When more than one is
specified for a particular item of Work, the choice shall be the Contractor's.
The final selection of color and pattern will be made from the range available
within the.option selected by the Contractor, unless the item is specified to
match a specific color or sample furnished. Where particular items are
specified only products of those named manufacturers are acceptable.
Certain specified construction and equipment details may not be regularly
included as part of the named manufacturer's standard catalog equipment
but shall be provided by the manufacturer as Reasonable minor variations in
equipment are expected and will be acceptable; however, indicated and
specified performance and material requirements are minimum, and will be
required in addition to standard accessories. The Architect reserves the right
to determine the equality of equipment and materials that deviate from any
of the indicated and specified requirements.
1.2.7 ALTERNATE MATERIALS, BRANDS AND PROCESSES: When more than one
is specified for a particular item of work, a separate bid shall be given for each.
The choice will be made by the Owner. The Contract Sum shall be appropriately
modified according to the Alternates accepted.
1.2.8 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Reference standards, building codes,
manufacturer's instructions and guarantees that are made a part of the
requirements shall apply in full, except for the following portions:
1.2.8.1 Less stringent requirements than those given in the Contract Documents
Requirements of public authorities mentioned in paragraph 4.7.2 apply as
.minimum requirements only. They do not supersede more stringent
requirements given elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.2.8.2 Exclusions, limitations or waivers that are inconsistent with the Contract
Documents.
1.2.9 CURRENT EDITIONS: When the Work is governed by reference to standards,
building codes, manufacturer's instructions or other reference documents,
the current edition shall apply whether or not proper edition is specified.
When a newer edition becomes effective during the execution of a Contract,
the edition which was current at the time of Bid shall apply.
0.03ARTICLE 2 — OWNER
A. DEFINITION: Add the following to Paragraph 2.1:
2.13 The Owner reserves the right to observe the Work at any time, and to
occupy the Project, or a specified area of the Project, regardless of whether
the Contract Time as expired. In such event, the Owner shall pay an
appropriate share of the utilities, insurance and other expenses caused by
early occupancy.
2.14 The presence of the Owner or his representative at the project site does not
imply concurrence or approval of the Work. The Contractor shall call specific
items to the attention of the Owner or his representative if he whishes an
opinion.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 6
SECTION oo811
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
B. OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK: Add the following to Paragraph 2.4:
2.4.2 The Owner may make emergency repairs to the Work during the guarantee
period, to prevent further damages. The Contractor shall'pay for such
repairs when necessitated by defects in the Contractor's Work.
0.04ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACTOR
A. WARRANTY: Add the following to Paragraph 3.5:
3.5.2 Furnish individual written Warranties for each product specified to the Owner
incorporating the Warranty of each Section.
B. ALLOWANCES: Add the following to Paragraph 3.8.2.3:
No adjustments will be allowed for overhead, profit and other expenses unless
the amount used changes the original allowances by more than 20%.
C. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: Delete "revised at appropriate
intervals as required by the Work and Project" and add the following to Paragraph
3ao.i The construction schedule shall be revised monthly and shall be submitted to
the Architect at the time of submittal of the monthly Application for
Payment.
0.05ARTICLE 4 — ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
A. ARCHITECT: Add the following to Paragraph 4.2:
4.2.14 The Architect's Project Representative is not authorized to remain at the
project site on a full time basis, to make verbal changes or modifications in
the Contract Documents, or to waive the performance by the Contractor of
any requirements of the Contract except as provided in Article 7.4 "Minor
changes in the Work".
B. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES: Revise Paragraph 4.3.8 to read as follows:
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract
suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission
of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party I is legally
responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured,
shall be given to the other party within ten days after the first observance of
such injury or damage. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable
the other party to investigate the matter.
o.o6CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. CHANGE ORDERS: Add the following to Paragraph 7.2:
7.2.3 The Contractor, upon receipt of written notification by the Architect of a
proposed Change in the Work, shall prepare a Change Proposal in such form, or
forms, as directed by the Architect. Each separate Change Proposal shall be
numbered consecutively and shall include materials costs, labor costs, fees,
overhead, and profit. If the proposed Change in the Work, or if portions of the
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 6
SECTION oo811
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
�.. proposed Change in the Work, will be permitted by a Subcontractor, the
Subcontractor's itemized accounting shall be included with the Change Proposal.
If a Change Proposal is returned to the Contractor for additional information or if
the scope of the proposed Change in the Work is modified by additions, deletions
or other revisions, the Contractor shall revise the Change Proposal accordingly
and resubmit the revised Change Proposal to the Architect. A revised Change
Proposal shall bear the original Change Proposal number suffixed by the letter
"R' to designate a revision in the original Change Proposal. If additional
revisions to revised Change Proposal are necessary, each subsequent revision
shall be identified by an appropriate numeral suffix enclosed within parenthetical
brackets immediately following the "R" suffix. Upon written approval of a Change
Proposal by the Owner and the Architect, the Architect will prepare a Change
Order authorizing such change in the Work.
7.2.4 The Contractor shall request extensions of Contract Time due to Changes in the
Work only at the time of submitting his Change Proposal.
0.07ARTICLE 8 — TIME.
A. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: Add the following to Paragraph 8.3.4:
8.3.4. No extensions will be allowed for any of the following conditions:
a. At least 7 hours of available work time out of the working day.
b. Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays unless the Contract requires and
stipulates overtime work.
C. Time required for drying of materials when it is possible for the
Contractor to enclose the area and use drying devices.
o.o8ARTICLE 9 — PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
A. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENTS: Add the following to Paragraph 9.3:
9.3.4. Each month the Contractor shall submit four completed copies of AIA
Document G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, and AIA
Document G703, Continuation Sheet as required.
o.o9ARTICLE i1— INSURANCE AND BONDS
A. CONTACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Add the following to Paragraph ii.i:
11.1.4 Notify the Owner immediately upon knowledge of possible damage claims
that might cause a reduction below 75% of the aggregate limits of any
policy. Insurance limits are stipulated in Insurance Certificates and Bonds
Section.
o.io ARTICLE 12 — UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
A. CORRECTION OF WORK: Add the following to Paragraph 12.2.1:
12.2.1.2 When the nonconforming Work is found, the entire area of Work involved shall
be corrected unless the Contractor can completely define the limits to the
Architect's satisfaction. Additional testing, sampling, or inspecting
( needed to define nonconforming work shall be at the Contractor's
expense. He shall employ the Owner's independent testing laboratory, if
POST OAK SQUARE - FACQADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 6
SECTION oo811
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL
such services are required. All corrected work shall be re -tested at the
Contractor's expense. Extra Architectural or Engineering services
required by the Contractor to analyze nonconforming work shall be paid
for by the Contractor.
B. CORRECTION OF WORK: Add the following to Paragraph 12.2.2:
12.2.2.6 Replacements necessitated by normal wear in the use or by the Owner's
abuse are not include in the one year guarantee. Normal maintenance
and cleaning of condensers, cooling towers, air filters, strainers and
similar items are not included in the one year guarantee.
C. ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK: Add the following to Paragraph 12.3:
12.3.2. If the Contractor has reason to believe that any selected product or
method of construction has disadvantages or inadequacies which may
restrict or limit the full satisfactory attainment of the performance
standards guaranteed and warranted under this Contract, the Contractor
shall notify the Architect in writing and shall receive the Architect's
written approval before proceeding. Unless approved otherwise by the
Architect, any additional materials and labor suggested by the Contractor
shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
o.11 ARTICLE 14 — TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
A. TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE: Add the following to Paragraph 14.2:
14.2.5 If a Performance Bond has been furnished when the Contractor is by the Owner
to be in default under the Contract, in compliance with Subparagraph 14.2.1.2,
the Surety shall promptly remedy the default by completing the Contract in
accordance with its terms and conditions, or by obtaining a bid or bids in
accordance with its terms and conditions. Upon determination by the Owner and
the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, the Surety shall arrange for a contract
between such bidder and the Owner, and make available as work progresses
(even under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this
Paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the
Contract Sum, but not exceeding the Penal Sum of the bond and other costs and
damages for which the Surety may be liable under the bond. The phrase "balance
of the Contract Sum" as used herein shall mean the total amount payable by the
Owner, to the Contractor under the Contract and amendments thereto, less the
amount previously paid by the Owner to the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACeADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 6
SECTION oo835
JOB SITE SAFETY RULES
PART 1-GENERAL
1A RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division i Specifications, apply to this section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. Contractors are required to observe all Job Site Safety Rules. The Owner will not permit
any person or organization to jeopardize the safety or well-being of any employee or
invitee on premises because of the willful disregard or negligence of sound, established
safety rules. The following safety rules present a minimum outline of conditions that
must be adhered to while performing work. In addition all other Federal, State, local, and
.O.S.HA safety rules are to be observed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Aisles and Passageways
A. Where mechanical handling equipment is used, sufficient safe clearance shall be allowed
for aisles, at loading docks, through doorways and wherever turns or passage must be
made.
B. Aisles and passageways used by mechanical equipment shall be kept clear and in good
repair with no obstruction across or in aisles that could create hazards.
C. Covers and/or guardrails shall be provided to protect personnel from the hazards of open
pits, tanks, vats, ditches, or any other circumstances where a person could fall from one
level to another.
3.2 Chains, Cables, Ropes, Hooks, Etc.
A. Chains, cables, ropes, hooks, etc. including those on overhead and gantry cranes, shall be
visually inspected daily for deformation cracks, excessive wear, twists, stretch, etc., and if
found defective shall be replaced or repaired.
B. All U-bolt wire rope clips on hoist ropes on overhead and gantry cranes shall be installed
so that the U-bolt is in contact with the dead end (short or non -load carrying end) of the
rope.
C. Clips shall be installed in accordance with the clip manufacturer's recommendation. All
nuts on newly installed clips shall be retightened after one (i) hour of use.
3.3 Cylinders, Compressed Gas, Used in Welding
A. Compressed gas cylinders shall be kept away from excessive heat, shall not be stored
where they might be damaged or knocked over by passing or falling objects, and shall be
stored at least twenty (20) feet away from highly combustible materials.
B. All compressed gas cylinders shall be secured by chains or other approved means to .
prevent accidental toppling.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page i of 3
SECTION oo835
JOB SITE SAFETY RULES
C. Where a cylinder is designed to accept a valve protection cap, caps shall be in place except
when the cylinder is in use or is connected for use.
D. Acetylene cylinders shall be stored and used in a vertical, valve -end -up position only.
E. Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel -gas cylinders or combustible
materials (especially oil or grease) a minimum distance of twenty (20) feet or by a non-
combustible barrier at least five (5) feet high having a fire -resistance rating of at least
one-half (1/2) hour.
3.4 Electrical Wiring
A. Temporary wiring shall not contain open splices. All splices shall be insulated and
protected from accidental contact with any materials which could become energized
through such contact.
B. Any temporary wiring shall be routed overhead in such manner that it cannot be
accidentally damaged or the integrity of such wiring be compromised.
C. All temporary wiring shall be taken out of service and removed when the work is
completed.
D. All temporary wiring shall be disconnected from the power source at the end of the work
shift.
3.5 Fire Protection
A. Portable fire extinguishers suitable to the conditions and hazards involved shall be
provided and maintained in an effective operating condition. A minimum of one (1) to lb.
fire extinguisher shall be available in each area where work is being performed.
B. Portable fire extinguishers shall be conspicuously located and mounted where they will be
readily accessible. Extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view.
3.6 Flammable Liquids Incidental to Primary Task
A. Flammable liquid storage is prohibited in all areas of the Project Building.
B. Flammable liquids incidental to a particular task must be kept in approved, covered,
safety containers and only in that quantity required for use on that specific shift.
3.7 Floor Openings and Open Sides
A. Every floor, open -side floor, or platform on every floor level shall be appropriately
guarded per O.S.H.A. standards.
3.8 Head Protection
A. Head protection equipment (safety helmets) shall be worn when and where there is a
possible danger of head injuries from impact, flying or falling objects or electrical shock.
B. Contractor shall provide a quantity of spare safety helmets at the project site. These spare
safety helmets shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary manner, for use in
emergencies, for the Project Engineer and for the casual visitors.
C. Areas which require head protection (safety helmets) shall be identified with appropriate
signage.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION oo835
JOB SITE SAFETY RULES
3.9 Ladders, Portable
A. Stepladders shall be equipped with a metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size
and strength to securely hold the front and back sections in the open position.
B. Ladders shall be inspected frequently and those that have developed defects shall be
withdrawn from service.
C. Non -self-supporting ladders shall be erected on sound base at a minimum 4 to 1 pitch
and placed to prevent slipping.
D. The top of a ladder used to gain access to a roof must extend at least three (3) feet above
the roof level and be adequately secured to prevent slipping.
E. The top platform of a stepladder shall not be used as a step.
3.10 Storage
A. All stored materials stacked in tiers shall be stacked, blocked, interlocked and limited in
height so that the pile is secure against sliding or collapse.
B. Storage areas shall be kept free from accumulation of materials that constitute hazards
from tripping, fire, explosion or pest harborage. Vegetation control shall be exercised
where necessary and required by the Project Engineer.
3.11 Trash
All sweepings, solid or liquid wastes, refuse and garbage shall be removed in such a manner as to
avoid creating a menace to health and safety and as often as necessary to maintain good sanitary
conditions. This shall include a "sweep -up" and removal of the debris from the work areas and
buildings at least once a day at the end of the work shift.
3.12 Welding - General
A. Welding equipment shall be selected as being proper to perform the work intended and
shall be properly installed. Employees designated to operate welding equipment shall be
properly instructed and qualified to operate the equipment.
B. Proper shielding and eye protection to prevent exposure of personnel from welding
hazards shall be provided.
C. Proper precautions (isolating welding and cutting, removing fire hazards from vicinity,
providing a fire watch, etc.) for fire prevention shall be taken in areas where welding or
other "hot work" is being accomplished. At least one (1) fully charged portable fire
extinguisher shall be provided as part of the approved welding equipment.
D. All valves on tanks shall be shut off and lines bled at the conclusion of the task.
E. Electrode lead cables shall be frequently inspected. Cables with damaged insulation or
exposed bare conductors shall be replaced.
3.13 All O.S.H.A. standards applicable to the project, methods and location must be followed. Any
noticed infractions or violations of these standards will be brought to the attention of the person
in charge for immediate correction.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION o1o6o
SITE USE AND PROTECTION
PART -.1 GENERAL
i.i RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SURROUNDING SITE CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION
A. Prior to commencement of excavation, the Contractor and the Owner shall jointly
survey those areas immediately adjacent to the project making permanent note
and record of any existing damage. This record shall serve as a basis for
determination of subsequent damage to this property due to damage resulting
from the Contractor's operations. Such damage as noted shall be suitably marked
in the area, if possible, and the official record of existing damage shall be signed
by all parties making the survey. Any damage of any nature to the adjacent area,
not noted in the original survey but subsequently noted, shall be reported
immediately to the Owner and Architect.
1.3 BENCHMARKS
A. Prior to commencement of excavation, the Contractor shall establish
Benchmarks. Elevations of these Benchmarks shall be taken prior to
commencement of work and at intervals of approximately every two (2) weeks, or
more often if a change in conditions is noted or suspected, during excavation and
construction. The datum used to establish the elevations for these Benchmarks,
shall be sufficiently distant from the site so as not to be affected by any settlement
resulting from the construction operations.
B. The results of the initial elevations, and subsequent checks, shall be noted in
permanent form. Any settlement noted as a result of these elevation checks shall
be reported immediately to the Architect by the fastest possible means.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of i
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 . RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division i Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Submittals
required for performance of the Work, including;
1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submittal Schedule.
3. Daily Construction Reports.
4. Shop Drawings.
5. Product Data.
6. Samples.
1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for
requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not
limited to:
1.
Permits.
2.
Applications for Payment.
3.
Performance and Payment Bonds.
4.
Insurance Certificates.
5.
List of Subcontractors.
B. Inspection and test reports are included in Section 01410: Testing Laboratory
Services.
1.4 CONTRACTOR REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to submission to the Architect, the Contractor shall review submittals for
completeness, accuracy and conformance to the Contract Documents. Submittals
that are not complete, accurate, or in conformance with the Contract Documents
shall not be forwarded to the Architect until corrected.
B. All submittals to the Architect shall be stamped with the Contractor's name and .
address and shall be signed by the person reviewing the submittals. The stamp
shall also certify that the product or materials being submitted conforms to the
Contract Documents.
1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 7
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
�_. B. Assure that the Contractor's approval stamp is affixed to the submittal and is
signed and dated.
C. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
D. Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of
the time required to process submittals, including time for re -submittals.
E. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be
delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will
promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be
delayed for coordination.
i. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial
submittal.
2. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
F. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit
processing.
G. Manufacturer's or Supplier's Acknowledgment of Use: Each manufacturer or
material supplier shall furnish a letter acknowledging their awareness of the
product's intended use and application of this project. This letter shall verify that
the intended use or application conforms with the manufacturers
recommendations and requirements for the product and its appropriateness for
this project. Any objections or non -conforming uses shall be brought to the
Architects attention immediately.
1. Submittals that do not include this acknowledgement shall be considered
incomplete and shall be returned to the Contractor.
2. Materials may be excluded from this requirement upon written request
by the Contractor and written approval by the Architect. Requests must
be submitted and approved prior to submission of Shop Drawings. The
Architect reserves the right to require acknowledgment letters on any
portion of the above materials in project specific circumstances.
i.6 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION
A. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title
block. Include the following information on the label for processing and record
action taken.
1. Project Name.
2. Date.
3. Contractor's Approval Stamp.
4. Name and Address of Subcontractor.
5. Name and Address of Supplier.
6. Name of Manufacturer.
B. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit
( each submittal from Contractor to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals
received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 7
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar -chart type
Contractor's Construction Schedule. Submit within fifteen (15) days of the date
established for Commencement of the Work.
B. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of
the Work, including testing and installation.
C. Area Separations: Provide a separate time bar to identify each major
construction area for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each
element in an area must be sequenced or integrated with other activities.
D. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute
copies to the Architect, Owner, Subcontractors, and other parties required to
comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project Meeting Room and
Temporary Field Office.
I. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties form distribution when they have
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved
in construction activities.
E. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule
concurrently with report of each meeting.
1.8 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule,
prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within ten (1o)
days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's construction
schedule.
B. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies
to the Architect, Owner, Subcontractors, and other parties required to comply
with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project Meeting Room and
Field Office.
C. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction
activities.
D. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule
concurrently with report of each meeting.
E. Shop Drawings must be submitted on the following items (when applicable) in
sufficient time to allow two weeks for review without inhibiting the project
schedule. This is a minimum list of required submittals and should not be
interpreted as a complete list of required submittals. Any items where submittals
are requested in the Drawings or Specifications should also be submitted.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 7
SECTION 01300 .
SUBMITTALS
DIVISION 03000 - Hardening Compounds, Sealing Compounds, Curing
Compounds, Concrete Mix Designs (for Slabs, Footings, walls, paving,
and curbs), Tilt -wall shop drawings (Panel elevations with rebar, embed
plates, inserts, and openings).
DIVISION 04000 - Mortar Mix, Grout Mix, Thinstone Masonry Veneer Data and
Samples, CMU data and samples, Masonry Accessories and reinforcing,
Wall Ties, Masonry Cleaner, Cast Stone Shop Drawings, Sealers for
Masonry.
DIVISION 05000 - Heavy and Light Gauge Studs, Tracks, Light Drywall
Products, Metal Fabrications, Anchor Bolts (with plans), Reinforcing,
Joist and Metal Decking, Structural Steel, Rebar.
DIVISION o6000 - Plywood Sheathing, Gypsum Sheathing, Accessories.
DIVISION 07000 - Waterproofing compound, Waterstop material, Flashing
Adhesive, Mastic Damproofing, Water Repellant Treatment Data,
Building Insulation Data, EIFS Data and Samples with applicable Shop
Drawings, Roofing Membrane and Accessories, Sheet Metal Drawings
and Data, Sealants, Joint Materials
DIVISION o8000 - Metal Doors and Frames Data, Aluminum Doors and Frames
Data, Access Doors and Panels, Storefront System Drawings and Data,
Door and Finish Hardware Schedules and Data, Glass Data
DIVISION og000 - Ceiling / Wall Reveals, Backerboard, Gypsum Products,
Ceiling Accessories, Paint Colors and Manufacturer Data, Adhesive
Data, Accessories.
DIVISION w000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION moo — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION 12000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION 13000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION 14000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION 15000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
DIVISION 16000 — NONE THIS PROJECT
1.9 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A: Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information
concerning events at the site; and submit copies to the Architect at weekly
intervals:
1. List of Subcontractors at the Site.
2. Approximate Count of Personnel at the Site.
3. High and low Temperatures, General Weather Conditions.
4. Accidents and Unusual Events.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 7
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
5. Meetings and Significant Decisions.
6. Stoppages, Delays, Shortages, Losses.
7. Meter Readings and Similar Recordings.
8. Emergency Procedures.
9. Orders and Requests of Governing Authorities.
10. Change Orders Received, Implemented.
11. Services Connected, Disconnected.
12. Equipment or System Tests and Start-ups.
13. Substantial Completion Authorized.
1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle,
otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce
Contract Documents as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information
prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop
Drawings.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams,
schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following
information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of Products and Materials Included.
3. Compliance with Specified Standards.
4. Notation of Coordination Requirements.
5. Notation of Dimensions Established by Field Measurement.
6. Manufacturer's or Supplier's Acknowledgement of Use.
C. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11", but no larger than 30" X 42"
D. Submittal: Submit a minimum of six (6) blue — or black -line prints; submit eight
.(8) prints where required for Maintenance Manuals. Three (3) sets will be
retained for the Architect, Engineer, and Owner; the remainder will be returned.
At the Contractor's Option, submit three (3) sets of prints and one (1) set of
reproducible drawings for review. The Contractor shall be responsible for
reproduction costs for distribution other than that stated above.
1.11 PRODUCT DATA
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or
system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's
installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing — in
diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves.
Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings.
B. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product
Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required,
mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following
information:
1. Manufacturer's Printed Recommendations.
2. Compliance with Recognized Trade Association Standards.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 7
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
3. Compliance with Recognized Testing Agency Standards.
4. Application of Testing Agency Labels and Seals.
5. Notation of Dimensions Verified by Field Measurement.
6. Notation of Coordination Requirements.
7. Manufacturer's or Suppliers Acknowledgement of Use.
• Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
C. Submittals: Submit six (6) copies of each required submittal; submit eight (8)
copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect, Engineer, and
Owner will each retain one, and will return the others marked with action taken
and corrections or modifications required.
D. Distribution: Furnish copies of approved submittal to Installers, Subcontractors,
Suppliers, Manufacturers, Fabricators, and others required for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution of transmittal forms.
1.12 SAMPLES .
A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and
physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include
partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of
materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
B. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of
these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these
characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered
and installed.
C.. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in
the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that
should approximate limits of the variations.
D. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, and details of assembly, connections,
operation and similar construction characteristics.
E. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit
three (3) sets; one will be returned marked with the action taken.
i. Maintain sets of Samples as returned at the Project site, for quality
comparison throughout the course of construction.
2. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed,
the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.
F. Field Samples (Mockups): Shown on the drawings or specified in individual
sections are special types of samples. Field Samples are full-size examples
erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings, and finish materials and to
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
1. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Field
Sample (Mockups) shall be constructed as directed by the Architect and
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 7
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
Owner. Minimum field sample size shall be 8'-o" x 8'-o" and shall
include samples of all exterior finish materials.
1.13 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action
and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal,
mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
B. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
C. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-
explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to
indicate the action taken:
1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked no exceptions
taken, that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed
provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final
acceptance will depend upon that compliance.
2. Final — But — Restricted Release: When submittals are marked make
corrections noted, that part of the Work covered by the submittal may
proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the
submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance
will depend on that compliance.
3. Returned for Re -submittal: When submittal is marked rejected or revise
and resubmit or submit specified item, do not proceed with that part of
the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication,
delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in
accordance with- the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain a different action mark.
4. Do not permit submittals marked "rejected or revise and resubmit or
submit specified item" to be used at the Project Site, or elsewhere Work is
in progress.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 7 of 7
SECTION 01405
OWNER PROVIDED LAB SERVICES
PART — i GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. An Independent Testing Laboratory will be selected by the Owner to inspect and test the
materials and methods of construction as hereinafter specified for compliance with the
Specification requirements of the Contract Documents and to perform such other
specialized technical services as may be required by the Owner.
1.3 PAYMENT
A. The Owner shall pay for all testing as set forth as the Owner's responsibility unless
otherwise noted.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY
A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications,"
as published by American Council of Independent Laboratories.
B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for
Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction."
lC. Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located.
D. Testing machines shall be calibrated at intervals not exceeding twelve (12) months by
devices of accuracy traceable to the National Bureau of Standards.
I. Exception: The testing laboratory is only required to have testing facilities for.
work included in this project.
1.5 AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF THE LABORATORY
A. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel after due
notice.
B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of
construction.
C. Promptly notify Architect, Owner, and Contractor of observed irregularities or
deficiencies of work or products.
D. Laboratory is not authorized to:
1) Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2) Approve or accept any portion of the work.
3) Perform any duties of the Contractor.
E. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection: 1 original / 1 copy to
Architect, 1 copy to Structural Engineer, and 1 copy to Contractor.
F. Each report shall include:
1) Date issued.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 4
SECTION 01405
OWNER PROVIDED LAB SERVICES
2) Project title and number.
3) Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number.
4) Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
5) Date and time of sampling or inspection.
6) Record of temperature and weather condition.
7) Date of test.
8) Identification of product and Specification Section.
9) Type of inspection or test.
10) Location of sample or test in the Project.
11) Results of test and compliance with Contract Documents.
12) Interpretation of test results that indicate unsatisfactory conditions.
i.6 EXTENT OF SERVICES
A. All work mentioned herein may not be required for this project. Refer to the Contract
. Documents for applicability and extent.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE
A. Aggregate Tests: Check the proposed aggregate in accordance with ASTM C-33•
B. Mix Design: Check the proposed mixes for proportions, water -cement ratio and slump in
accordance with A.C.I.613 and 318 and with P.D.A. T-12.
C. A record of all field tests, including slump, air content, ambient and concrete temperature
shall be maintained each time strength test specimens are taken.
D. Other information collected shall include location of placement in the structure, date of
placement, age of testing compressive strength, type of failure if concrete fails to meet the
specified compressive strength, mix specification strength required, mix design,
admixtures and dosage used as required, water added at the batch plant after initial
batching, water added at job site to bring concrete to proper slump on truck arrival, and
other pertinent information.
E. All floor slabs shall be inspected for flatness within 24 hours of finishing.
F. Additional field tests and compression test specimens shall be made when a noticeable
change in consistency or workability of the mix occurs.
G. The testing Laboratory shall report any irregularities that occur in the concrete at the job
site as well as all test results to the Architect and to the Contractor.
H. Test specimens shall be transported to the laboratory at approximately 24 hours of age to
initiate standard curing and testing procedures.
Test Cylinders: During progress of work, mold, cure and test specimens of each different
mix placed in any one day. For each concrete placement of wo cubic yards or part
thereof over io cubic yards, make 4 compression test cylinders during pour. Mold and
cure test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C-31. Test cylinders in accordance with
ASTM C39; two at 7 days and two at 28 days. Make additional sets of 4 cylinders for
concrete placements from 50 cubic yards to ioo cubic yards and a third set for pours
exceeding ioo cubic yards.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 4
SECTION 01405
OWNER PROVIDED LAB SERVICES
J. Slump Tests:
1) Make slump tests for each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed by contractor, and
for each set of cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 143•
2) Slump shall conform to limits specified.
K. Strength:
1) The specified compressive strength at 28 days is the strength that is expected to
be equaled or exceeded by the averages of all sets of two consecutive strength
tests, with no individual test more than 500 psi below the specified strength (ACI
318, paragraph 4.8.2.3) when specimens are cured under standard conditions.
2) Compressive strength of concrete shall be a minimum of 75% of required 28 day
compressive strength prior to applying construction loads.
3) Seven day compressive strength should be in the range of 60- 70% of the
specified 28 day strength. These tests are for use as a guide prior to
loading the structure and as an early warning indicator of defective concrete.
4) When strength of test cylinders falls below design strength and Architect has
required drilling concrete core specimens, test core specimens in accordance with
ASTM C42.
3.2 EXCAVATION, SITE FILL AND GRADING
A. Site Fill and Grading: Whenever fill is required in excess of two (2) feet, the Owner shall
retain a Soils Engineering firm to document that the specified fill material and
percentages of compaction are being maintained. Field tests shall be performed and
copies of test reports shall be submitted to the Architect for review. The grading shall be
completed in accordance with the best engineering -practice.
3.3 SOIL TESTS
A. Select Fill:
i) Determine the plasticity index of proposed select fill material prior to use to
determine compliance with specified requirements and ASTM D424.
2) Establish moisture -density relationship. ASTM D698, for soil type.
3) Perform "in -place" field density test, ASTM D2922, for each lift of fill material at.
the following rates:
a. Building Area - one test for each 5,000 square feet of area.
b. Paving Area - one test for each 7,500 square feet of area.
C. Trenches - one test for each 75 linear feet of fill.
B. Backfilling:
Perform "in -place" field density test, ASTM D2922, for all areas backfilled after
excavation or trenching at the following rates:
i) Building area - one test for each 5o linear feet of fill.
2) Paving area - one test for each ioo linear feet of fill.
3) Trenches - one test for each 75 linear of fill.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 4
SECTION 01405
OWNER PROVIDED LAB SERVICES
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 Of 4
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART -1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Divisions 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. From time to time during the progress of the Work, the Owner may require that testing
be performed to determine that materials provided for the Work meet the specified
requirements. Such testing includes, but is not necessarily limited to, fill material for the
site, concrete, steel, timbers and masonry.
B. Requirements for testing are described in various Sections of these Specifications. Where
no testing requirements are described, but the Owner determines that testing is required,
the Owner may require testing to be performed under current recognized standards for
testing.
C. The Owner will select a pre -qualified, independent testing agency.
D. The Owner will pay for initial services of the testing agency as further described in this
Section.
1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Testing, when required, will be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and
with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials.
B. The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM
E-329-7o Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and
Steel Used in Construction.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Promptly process and distribute all required copies of test reports and related
instructions to ensure all necessary retesting and/or replacement of materials with the
least possible delay to progress of the Work.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES
A. The Owner will pay for all initial -testing services requested by the Owner. When the
initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, the costs of all initial
tests associated with that non-compliance will be deducted by the Owner from the
Contract Sum.
B. When the initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, all
subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same
agency and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
2.2 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING
A. Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a plan approval authority,
and made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be
paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING
A. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the
sole responsibility of the Contractor.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 COOPERATION WITH TESTING AGENCY
A. Representative of the testing agency shall have access to the Work at all times. Provide
facilities for such access in order that the agency may properly performs functions.
3.2 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING
A. By advance discussion with the testing agency selected by the Owner, determine the time
required for the testing agency to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings.
Provide all required time within the construction schedule.
B. When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all
such changes of schedule with the testing agency as required.
3.3 TAKING SPECIMENS
A. All specimens and samples for testing will be taken by the testing agency, all sampling
equipment and personnel will be provided by the testing agency, and all deliveries of
specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be performed by the testing agency.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 2 -of 2
SI; HON o1420
CONTRACTOR DUTIES FOR TESTING
PART - 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The use of laboratory services shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility
to furnish materials and construction in full compliance with the Contract Documents.
B. If the laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority, the specifications or
the Owner's instructions require any work to be specially tested or approved, the
Contractor shall give the Owner notice of its readiness in time to permit Owner to observe
such tests or to inspect the same prior to the time for giving such approval.
1.3 DUTIES
A. To facilitate testing services, the Contractor will cooperate with laboratory personnel and
provide access to Work and:
1. Secure and deliver to the laboratory, without cost, preliminary representative
samples of the materials he proposes to use and which are required to be tested.
2. Provide to laboratory preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete
and other materials mixes which require control by testing laboratory.
3. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to work to be tested.
b. To obtain and handle samples at Project Site to be tested
C. To facilitate inspections and tests.
d. For storage and curing of test samples.
4. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations (minimum of 2 days) to
allow laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
5. Provide and maintain for the sole use of the laboratory adequate facilities for safe
storage and proper curing of such test specimens, which must remain on the
project site prior to testing.
6. Pay the laboratory for such tests or inspections as are performed exclusively for
the Contractor's convenience, and for such retest as may be occasioned by initial
non-conformance of the materials with the Contract Documents.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 01450
ACCESS TO SITE AND INSPECTION OF WORK
A. The Owner shall at all times have access to the work wherever it is in preparation or
progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for observation thereof.
B. If the laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority, the specifications or the
Owner's instructions require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor
shall give the Owner notice of its readiness in time to permit Owner to observe such tests
or to inspect the same prior to the time for giving such approval.
C. Access Guidelines
i. Contractor shall provide for access to the work at all times for the Owner
and the Architect and/or their representatives.
2. No portion of the work shall be excluded from such access as stated in
number 1 above.
3. Contractor shall provide proper facilities for access and observation by the
above persons, as well as any and all applicable city and county inspection
authorities/officials.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page i of i
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all temporary facilities and utilities (adequate
for him, all sub -contractors and all other contractors) from the commencement of the Project
until acceptance by the Owner. The Owner shall be the sole judge of adequacy thereof.
Specifically, the Contractor shall provide not less than the following:
1.2 The Owner reserves the right, at his own risk, to store materials or install fixtures or equipment in
any or all Project buildings before acceptance of the Project and without implying thereby any
acceptance of the Project.
PART 2 - UTILITIES
2.1 . Water Supply:
A. Contractor will provide a temporary water supply to be located as designated for use by
all Trades.
B. Contractor will pay for all water consumed in construction of the Project.
2.2 Light and Power:
A. Contractor will provide temporary light and power adequate for various building
operations.
B. Contractor will pay for meter connection and for all temporary light and power
consumption.
2.3 Temporary Heat:
A. Provide temporary heating equipment and fuel as required for proper installation of
materials.
B. Damage caused to work and material by dampness, cold, lack of ventilation, excessive
drying -out, insufficient or abnormal heat are the responsibilities of the Contractor.
C. The permanent heating equipment, if installed in sufficient time for the purpose, may be
used by the Contractor at his own expense and responsibility.
D.. The methods proposed for temporary heating shall be approved by the Owner.
2.4 Telephones:
A. Provide for installation of telephone service to Contractor's field office, including multiple
lines to provide 24-hour daily fax receipt and transmittal.
B. Contractor is to pay for all costs.of phone installation, maintenance and usage.
PART 3 - OFFICES
3.1 Contractor shall provide and maintain office facilities for proper execution of the construction of
this Project.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page I of 2 r
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A Office facility building is to be watertight, heated, lighted and painted. Contractor is to
provide with windows, lockable doors, benches, drawing racks, tables, telephones, 24
Hour facsimile machine, etc., as required for proper supervision.
B. Building to be located by Contractor as directed by the Architect and Owner.
C. Contractor and sub -contractor may provide and maintain such other office and storage
facilities on the site as required for execution of the work.
D. Contractor shall remove offices upon completion of the Contract, or earlier, if so directed
by the Architect,. leaving the premises clean and finished as required by the Contract.
3.2 Contractor shall provide and maintain ample sanitary toilet facilities for all workers throughout
the Project.
A. Facilities to conform to all local and state sanitary codes and ordinances.
B. Toilets shall be enclosed, weathertight, ventilated, and maintained in a clean, neat and
sanitary condition at all times.
C. Remove temporary toilet facilities upon completion of the work, or as directed by the
Architect or Owner.
PART 4 - STORAGE
4.1 Contractor shall erect, maintain and use weathertight material storage facilities for the storage of
materials subject to damage by exposure to the weather.
4.2 Facilities shall be well ventilated, have floors raised and maintained above ground level, and shall
be kept neat and clean.
4.3 Contractor shall bear all costs of temporary storage facilities.
4.4 Contractor shall remove the storage facilities upon completion of the work, or as directed by the
Owner or Architect.
PART 5 - ACCESS TO THE SITE
5.1 Contractor shall provide for access to the work at all times for the Owner and the Architect and/or
their representatives:
5.2 No portion of the work shall be excluded from such access as stated in 5.1 above.
5.3 Contractor shall provide proper facilities for access and observation by the above persons, as well
as any and all applicable city and county inspection authorities/officials.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 01510
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 PROGRESS CLEAN-UP BY SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Garbage and Trash Collections: Provide collection cans on the site at the eating areas.
Pick up all garbage not deposited in cans daily. If garbage is left overnight, cover cans.
Remove garbage from the site at least once a week. Remove highly combustible trash
such as, paper and cardboard daily.
B. Disposition of Debris: Remove debris from the site and make legal disposition. No debris
or materials may be buried or burned at the site. Take necessary precautions to prevent
accidental burning of materials by avoiding large accumulations of combustible materials. "
1.3 FINAL CLEAN — UP
A. Turn the Work and the premises over to the Owner in immaculate condition, free of
garbage, trash and rodent infestation. If any of the preceding are revealed, or odors from
them occur, remove them at no additional expense to the Owner.
B. Remove all temporary facilities.
C. The Owner may stop the Work for clean — up without extension of Contract time, if the
lack of project cleanliness endangers the health or safety of the personnel.
1.4 CLEANING
A. The building (interior and exterior) and site shall be left clean at completion.
1.5 TEMPORARY CLOSURES
A. The Contractor shall erect temporary closures over openings when weather conditions
render such action necessary for proper installation of any portion of the Work.
1.6 PROTECTION FOR WORK IN PLACE
A. Work in Place that is subject to damage, because of operations being carried on adjacent
thereto, shall be covered, boarded up, or substantially enclosed with adequate protection.
Permanent openings used as thoroughfares for the introduction of Work and materials to
the structure shall have heads, jambs and sill swell blocked and boarded. All forms of
protection shall be constructed in a manner such that, upon completion of the entire
Work will be delivered to the Owner in proper, whole, and unblemished condition.
1.7 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. The Contractors shall provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire hoses and other
equipment as necessary for proper fire protection during construction. Such equipment
is to be used for fire protection only.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 01510
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
1.8 SCAFFOLDS AND RUNWAYS
A. The Contractors shall furnish, erect, and maintain for duration of Work as required, all
scaffolds, runways, guard rails, platforms and similar temporary construction, as may be
necessary for the performance of the Contract. Such facilities shall be of type and
arrangement as required for their specific use; shall be substantially constructed
throughout, strongly supported, and well secured, and shall comply with all applicable
rules and regulations or applicable State and Local Codes.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART I — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. This section outlines procedures to be followed upon conclusion of the Work and
supplements the provisions of the ALA General Conditions.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When the Contractor determines that the Work or a designated portion thereof is acceptable
to the Owner as substantially complete, the Contractor shall send a written notice to the
Owner's representative claiming substantial completion and requesting an inspection of the
Work.
B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Contractor's notice claiming substantial
completion, the Owner's representative will make an inspection of the Work to determine the
state of completion and will prepare a punch list of item(s) requiring completion or
correction.
1. If during the course of his inspection, the Owner's representative determines that the
Work is not substantially complete, he will discontinue the inspection and notify the
Contractor that the Work does not comply with the requirements for Substantial
Completion.
2. Immediately upon receipt of notice that the Work is not substantially complete, the
Contractor shall proceed to correct all deficiencies and at the appropriate state of
completion, send a second request for inspection to the Owner's representative.
3. After the Contractor has corrected all major deficiencies, the Architect and the
Owner's representative will jointly inspect the Work.
C. Upon determination by the Architect and the Owner's representative that the Work meets
the requirements of substantial completion, the Owner's representative will prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion, ALA Document G704, for the Approval and acceptance
of the Owner and the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner's representative a list of items to be
completed or corrected within the time limits established in the Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
E. The Owner's representative will review and amend the list of items to be completed or
corrected and append the list to the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. When the Work has been completed fully in accordance with the requirement of the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall send a written notice claiming final completion and shall
specifically note each item on the punch list as being completed or the status of any
incomplete items.
B. Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice claiming final completion, the Owner's
Representative will perform a final inspection, and if the Work is completed fully in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner's Representative
will issue a Certificate of Completion.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page I of 3
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.5 MANUALS, INSTRUCTIONS AND KEYS
A. The Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Owner's representative (2) 3-Ring Binders
of printed or typewritten operating, servicing, maintenance and cleaning instructions and
parts lists for all items of equipment provided as part of the Contract. Include names and
addresses of equipment suppliers and manufacturers' local representative in manuals. Index
manuals containing items of different equipment.
B. Important Note to Owner and Contractors: The responsible Contractor shall instruct the
Owner or his representative in the maintenance and operation of plumbing and electrical
equipment installed.
1.6 RELEASE OF LIENS
A. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a blanket release of liens covering all Work
performed under this Contract, including that of Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors,
Vendors, Service Suppliers, Materials and Labor.
B. The Owner's Representative will furnish copies of AIA Document G-7o6 Contractor's
Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claim and of Liens for the Contractor's use.
C. The Owner's Representative will also provide copies of AIA Document G-707 Contractor's
Surety Company to Final Payment unless the Owner provides other forms of this purpose.
D. The forms shall be executed by an authorized officer and notarized. All required attachments
shall be included as noted on AIA Document G-7o6. If exceptions are listed in either AIA
Document G-7o6 or AIA Document G-7o6A, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to
the Owner for each exception.
1.7 GUARANTEES AND BONDS
A. The Contractor shall have Guarantees upon materials and Workmanship as required by
Article 13 of the AIA General Conditions and Special Guarantees and Bonds required by the
Contract Documents executed in the Owner's name.
B. Article 13 of the General Conditions is amended by adding the following hereto:
1. "All warranties received by the Contractor as to materials, appliances, and
equipment furnished by or purchased by others and incorporated in the Work, shall
be transferable and assignable to the Owner in such manner that same will be
enforceable by the Owner".
2. Prior to making application for final payment, the Contractor shall collect and
deliver all required Guarantees and Bonds to the Owner's Representatives for review
and for transmittal to the Owner.
1.8 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
A. Apply for and obtain from the Building Official a Certificate of Occupancy in the Owner's
name.
B. The Certificate is to be obtained and posted as required by the Building Official prior to the
final inspection by the Owner.
C. Temporary Certificate in lieu of a Certificate of Occupancy will be sufficient, as the Owner's
prerequisite for his final inspection, only when his specific written approval has been
obtained.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.9 CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
A. The Contractor shall collect, assemble and deliver to the Owner's Representative gall required
Certificates of Inspection, Testing and Approval.
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Prior to completion of the Work, the Contractor shall purchase one set of blueline prints and
transfer thereto all changes, corrections, dimensions and deviations as noted on the record
drawing prints. Each sheet of the prints shall be certified as to correctness by the Contractor,
and where any major portion of the Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the tracings
reflecting said subcontract Work shall be properly countersigned by the Subcontractor.
Certify record drawing prints as follows:
"CERTIFIED CORRECT" (3/8" high letters)
(Name of Subcontractor)
By:
Date:
B. After all corrections, changes and deviations have been transferred to the prints, the
Contractor shall submit the prints to the Architect for review and comments. If additional
information is required, or if the drawings are incomplete, the Architect will return the prints
to the Contractor for required action. When the record drawings are complete, the
Contractor shall, upon notice by the Architect, submit the record drawing prints to the
Architect for delivery to the Owner.
1.11 TERMINAL INSPECTION
A. Immediately prior to expiration of the one-year guarantee period, the Contractor shall make
an inspection of the Work in the company of the Owner's Representative and the Owner.
The Owner's Representative and the Owner shall be given not less then five (5) days notice
prior to the anticipated date of terminal inspection.
B. Where any portion of the Work has proven to be defective and requires replacement repair
or adjustment; the Contractor shall immediately provide materials and labor necessary to
remedy such defective Work and shall prosecute such Work without delay until completed to
the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and the Owner, even though the date of
completion of corrective Work may extend beyond the expiration date of the guarantee
period.
C. The Contractor shall not be responsible for correction of Work which has been damaged
because of neglect or abuse by the Owner nor the replacement of parts necessitated by
normal wear or use.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 01710
INSURANCE AND BONDS
PART i — GENERAL
I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. Purchase and maintain in force the following kinds of insurance in companies acceptable to
. the Owner.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
A. Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Products-Comp/Ops. Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal &Adv. Injury $1,000,000
Each Occurrence $1,000,000
B. Automobile Liability
Owned/Non-owned and Hired $1,000,000
C. Workers Compensation Coverage & Employers Liability
Each Accident $1,060,000
Disease — Policy Limit $1,000,000
Disease — Each Employee $1,000,000
D. Excess/Umbrella Liability $2,000,000
E. Additional Requirements:
I.) Additional Insured: The General Liability, Auto Liability and Excess/Umbrella
Liability Insurance Programs will be endorsed to add the following as Additional
Insured:
Owner/Owners — Fidelis Realty Partners, LP, their officers, agents and employees.
2.) Waiver of Subrogation: All insurance programs will be endorsed to provide a Waiver
of Subrogation in favor of-
Owner/Owners - Fidelis Realty Partners, LP, officers, agents and employees.
3.) Contractor's Liability insurance programs will be considered "Primary".
4.) Insurance Programs are to be endorsed to provide a 3o-day Notice of Cancellation.
5.) Compliance with the insurance requirements will be evidenced by an "Original
Certificate of Insurance".
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 01710
INSURANCE AND BONDS
( 6.) Contractor's Liability Insurance Program will be endorsed with the Aggregate Per
\ Project Endorsement.
1.4 OWNER'S INSURANCE
A. Owner will carry and pay for Owner's Protective Liability Insurance.
1.5 BUILDER'S RISK
A. The General Contractor shall carry and maintain Builder's Risk Insurance during the entire
course of the project. The policy should provide occupancy coverage and name Fidelis Realty
Partners, LP as insured.
1.6 GUARANTY BONDS (if required)
A. No later than ten (io) days from and after date on which a Contract between Owner and
Contractor is entered into, Contractor shall execute, as Principal, bonds jointed in by a surety
company of the Contractor's choice, on forms satisfactory to Owner, general referred to as a
Performance Bond, and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, each in a penal sum equal to
i00% of Contract Sum. Bond form shall be compatible with provisions of the Hardeman
Act. Contractor shall file bonds with County Clerk.
B. Bonds shall remain in force for and until one year after final completion and final acceptance
by the Owner of the Work.
C. Surety Company executing bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner, authorized to do business
in the State of Texas and Acceptable according to latest list of companies holding Certificates
of Authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.
D. The General Contractor will be required to furnish a Performance Bond in the amount of
i00% of the contract sum.
1.7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS
A. All Contractors, including all Subcontractors shall comply with the current edition of the
Occupational Safety and Health Regulations, Construction Manual, Occupational Safety.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION o174o
r..
GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 GENERAL
A. This section outlines procedures and requirements for providing the Owner with
applicable guarantees and warranties for the Work.
1.3 GUARANTEES
A. All guarantees shall be in writing and shall be furnished to the Owner prior to final
acceptance. Final acceptance will be given in writing by the Owner upon final completion
of all required work including the punch list.
B. All work and materials shall be guaranteed for a minimum of one (1) year from the date of
acceptance, unless specifically stated otherwise by the Specifications.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. No payments made to the Contractor, nor partial or entire use of the Project by the
Owner, shall be an acceptance of any work not done or made in accordance with this
Agreement.
B. The Contractor shall furnish a written warranty of all work done under this Agreement
for a period of one (1) year or as otherwise indicated for longer periods of time. Such
warranty shall be in the form prescribed by the Owner. The Contractor shall also furnish
to the Owner all manufacturer's warranties for all equipment, appliances and fixtures
specified or required and installed as a part of this Project.
C. The Contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and pay
for any damage to other work resulting from such defects and/or the remedying thereof,
which shall appear within the warranty period. Neither the foregoing nor any other
provision in the Contract Documents, nor the time limit of any special warranty shall
limit the Contractor's liability for defects from the Plans and Specifications to less than
the legal limit of liability under the law of the place of building. The Owner shall give
notice of observed defects within reasonable promptness.
D. All warranties and bonds shall be delivered to the Owner before Final Payment is made.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 02100
ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIAL REPORT
PART 1GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Provisions established within the General and Supplementary General Conditions of the
Contract, and the Drawings and applicable requirements of Division 1 collectively govern
this section.
1.2 SCOPE
A. The Owner has furnished a Asbestos Containg Building Materials Report with respect to
the building and site. A copy is bound in this manual and work defined in such is hereby
made a part of the Project Requirements.
B. The data from the Asbestos Containg Building Materials report is not intended as
representations or warranties for continuity of such conditions. It is expressly
understood that the Architect and Owner will not be responsible for the accuracy or
applicability of the data given herein.
C. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor
at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect, provided such operations are acceptable
to the Architect.
D. Bidders are expected to examine the site and subsurface investigation reports and then
decide for themselves the character of the materials to be encountered.
2. PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
3. PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 1
.-.
Limited
Building Inspection Report for
Asbestos -Containing Building Materials
Former Treasures Gift Shop-
1108 Harvey Road
College Station, Texas 77840
Prepared for:
Bernstein Investments
Mr. Robert Taylor
1800 St. James Place, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77056.
PROJECT NO:
AE02-77
Prepared by:
Austin Environmental
P.O. Box 3725
Bryan, Texas 77805-3725
979-731-1225
May' 21, 2002
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 731-1225
AUSTIN
ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.
P.O. Box 3725
Bryan, Texas 77805-3725
(979) 731-1225
May 21, 2002
Bernstein Investments _
Mr. Robert Taylor.
1800 Saint James Place, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77056
RE: Limited Asbestos Survey for the former Treasures Gift Shop Lease Space,
1108-A Harvey Road, College Station, Texas
Dear Mr. Taylor.
On May 11, 2002, at your request, Mr. Paul Dehlinger R.S., of Austin Environmental Inc.,
visually inspected the former Treasures Gift Shop lease space located at 1108-A Harvey
Road in College Station for the presence, location, and the condition of suspect
asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM). The purpose of the inspection was to `
determine the presence and location of friable and non -friable asbestos=containing
building materials prior to renovation activities.
The federal National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) 40
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 61, subpart M, and the Texas Asbestos Health
Protection Act and Rules (TAHPA) requires that prior to any renovation or demolition of
a commercial or public building that it must be inspected for the presence of asbestos -
containing building materials (ACBM).
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 731-1225
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPORT............................................................... *................... 1-4
Section 1
PLM Report
Section 2
Asbestos Bulk Sample Analysis (PLM)
Section 3
Chain of Custody
Section 4
Asbestos Licenses
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 731-1225
May 21, 2002
Page 2
The scope of work and services provided include:
♦ Field investigation and visual observations
♦ Define homogeneous areas and sampling strategy
♦ Sample suspect asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM)
♦ Analyses of asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM)
♦ Collect information on the friability of the asbestos containing materials if present
Suspect ACBM was physically handled to determine friability and bulk samples were
obtained for analysis. The inspection involved sampling of fifteen (15) suspect asbestos -
containing building materials and analyzing them under Polarized Light Microscopy with
Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS), 40 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 763, Subpart F, App A. The
PLM results are attached to this report.
SURVEY
The former Treasures Gift Shop consists of steel frame construction, corrugated metal
deck on a concrete slab foundation. The survey was conducted on a homogenous -area
basis with the construction materials sampled and tested that are suspect to contain _
asbestos and that may be disturbed during future renovation activities. These building,
materials include floor tile, ceiling tile, drywall texture, joint compound and batt insulation.
RESULTS
All materials sampled and tested were determined to be None Detected for
asbestos content.
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 7314225
May 21, 2002
Page 3
Friable asbestos -containing material refers to material, which contains more that one
percent asbestos by weight and when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to
powder by hand pressure. Non -friable asbestos -containing material is any material
containing more than one percent asbestos by weight and when dry, cannot be
crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure.
All materials detected/uncovered during future renovations or demolitions that are not
listed, as being sampled on the Chain of Custody Form and will be disturbed, must be
sampled prior to disturbance. All additional samples and assessments are to. be
conducted by properly licensed individuals.
New building materials should be addressed to ensure that they do not contain
asbestos. Manufactures labels or material safety data sheets (MSDS) should be
�,. reviewed and documented to ensure that any asbestos containing building products are
not used during future construction.
LIMITATIONS
This report only applies to the scope of work described herein. This report describes
existing conditions at the time of services. Conditions of asbestos -containing materials
may change as a result of damage, deterioration or other disturbance and may increase
the potential for elevated fiber levels. This report applies only to accessible areas
_ observed during our field services. Asbestos -containing materials may exist in
concealed inaccessible enclosures, such as areas enclosed by permanent partitions,
chases, shafts, equipment etc. Material locations and quantities may vary.
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 731-1225
May 21, 2002
Page 4
Although a good -faith effort was made to locate asbestos -containing materials in the
area within the scope of work, extensive destructive inspection and/or testing was not
conducted due to the expense, potential exposure hazards and/or potential regulatory
violation. All surfaces, paints, caulking compounds, mastics, adhesives, wire insulation,
electrical panels, fire rated doors and panels, furnishings, fixtures and similar materials
and equipment were not sampled and analyzed due to expense. Inspection and testing
for. lead -based paint, PCB containing light. ballast and/or other hazardous and/or
regulated materials was not included in Austin Environmental Inc.'s survey.
Per the TDH TAHPR this document (asbestos survey report) may not be used as a
design (specification) for asbestos abatement. Design and/or abatement monitoring
services were not included in Austin Environmental Inc.'s scope of work. Austin
Environmental Inc. makes no warranty and assumes no liability for the inappropriate use
or misuse of this document.
We appreciate the opportunity to provide you with the professional environmental related
services. Should you need any further asbestos related services; please don't hesitate to
contact us at (979) 731-1225 or toll free (866) 328-7846.
Sincerely, �++' of T `�
'0 . 10;.... `
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. /* .
PAUL B. DEHLINGER
Paul Dehlinger R.S. ......••••••••......
9 • . 10 5523
Individual Asbestos Consultant License No. 10-5523 ��lse'�o�v�o�:N P0
'S coNs`'r
Asbestos Consultant Agency License No. 10-0313
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. P.O. BOX 3725 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 731-1225
71
PLM REPORT
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc.
1510 Randolph, Suite 602
Carrollton, Texas 75006 (972) 446-9482
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Sample Date: 05/10/2002
identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy I Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1, Pt. 763, Subpk F, App. A
NVLAP Lab No. 102056
TDH License No. 30-0084
PAT ID # 102577
Lab Job No.: x2B-05919
Report Date: 05/13/2002
Page 1 of 2
On 5/11/02, fifteen (IS) bulk material samples were submitted by Paul Dehlinga of Austin Environmental, Inc. for asbestos analysis by PUNDS.
Copies of the lab data sheets are attached; additional information may be found therein. The results are summarized below:
Sample Number Client Sample Description / Location Asbestos Content
1 I TS-01 A, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Office
2 1 TS-01 B, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Office
3 1 TS-01C, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Door
4 TS-02A, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Sales Floor,
North Wall
5 TS-02B, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Back Room
6 1 TS-02C, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Sales Area
7
TS-03A, Ceiling Tile, Back Room
8
TS-03B, Ceiling Tile, Men's Room
9
TS-03C, Ceiling Tile, Womerr's Room
10
TS-04A, Batt Insulation, Middle of Sales Floor
11
TS-04B, Batt Insulation, Sales Floor
12 1 TS-04C, Batt Insulation, Men's Restroom
13 1 TS-05A, Drywall Texture, Handicap Women's Restroom
None Detected -Floor Tile
None Detected - Yellow Mastic
None Detected - Floor Tile
None Detected - Yellow Mastic
None Detected - Floor Tile
None Detected - Yellow Mastic
None Detected - Drywall Material
None Detected - Texture
None Detected - Drywall Material
None Detected - Joint Compound
None Detected - Texture
None Detected - Drywall Material
None Detected - Texture
None Detected - Ceiling Tile
None Detected - Ceiling Tile
None Detected - Ceiling Tile
None Detected - Yellow Thermal
None Detected - Yellow Thermal
None Detected - Paper / Tar Wrap
None Detected - Yellow Thermal
None Detected - Paper / Tar Wrap
None Detected - Texture
PLM REPORT
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc.
NVLAP Lab No. 102056
1510 Randolph, Suite 602
TDH License No. 30-0084
Carrollton, Texas 75006 (972) 446-9482
PAT ID # 102577
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Lab Job No.: x2B-05919
Project: Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Report Date: 05/13/2002
Project # : AE02-77 Sample Date: 05/10/2002
Identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy / Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1, Pt. 763, Subpt. F, App. A
Page 2 of 2
On 5/11/02, fifteen (15) bulk material samples were submitted by Paul Dchlinger of Austin Environmental, Inc. for asbestos analysis by PLM/DS.
Copies of the lab data sheets an attached; additional information may be found therein. The results are summarized below.
Sample Number
Client Sample Description / Location
Asbestos Content
14
TS-05B, Drywall Texture, Handicap Women's Restroom
None Detected - Paint
15
TS-05C, Drywall Texture, Men's Restroom
None Detected - Joint Compound
None Detected - Texture
These samples were analyzed by layers. Quantification, unless otherwise noted, is performed by visual estimate.
Results may not be reproduced except in fill. This test report relates only to the samples tested.
These test results do not imply endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government.
Accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis under Lab Code 102056.
V
Analyst: Mark Turner
Lr'Y
Signatory:
Lab Director: Steve Moody Approved gn ato ry •
U
----n=kyouforchoosing SteveMoody Mcrosavices------------------------------
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc..
Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084
EPA Method 40 CFR�Ch. 1, Pt_763• Sub tp F. App. A
NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77
Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 1
Client Sample Description : TS-01A, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Office
Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Floor Tile
stereoscopic Exam
_
Color Texture
omo eneous? % Fibrous °/. Asbestos /° of Sampl
Grey Hard
1 YES ND
ND 98
PLM Examination
-- �—
Color Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
Components %
MorpholoRy
Pleochroism ReE Index
Ref Index
Biref
Angle
Elongation
alcite / Vin Binders 1:101
1
Non -fibrous
____i high_
Prcp/uwtmcnt : heat/ melt
Asbestos Content :
None Detected
Layer 2 Yellow Mastic
Stereoscopic Exam
T«ture
lHomogencous. %Fibrous /° Asbestos i6 of Sampl
Yellow Rubbery
YES ND
ND 1
PLM Examination
Color Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction Sign of
Components % +/-
Mo hr�olo�/ Pleochroism Rcf. Index
Ref. Index Biref,
An a __ Eton ion
lueBinders I 100
Non -fibrous
...... .._..... _•_,�_
Prep/treatment : heat / melt
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
I Comments :
Analyst: Mark Tumor
Date Analyzed: 5113102
Lab job# : x2B-05919 I Sample # : 1
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc.
Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
Lab
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. I Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 2
Client Sample Description: TS-01 B, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Office Page 1 of 1
Layer I Floor Tile Stereoscopic Exam
I Color
Texture
_omogeneous? % Fibrous
/o Asbest_os
/o of Sam 1
Grey
I
Hard
YES ND
ND
99
PLM Examination
_
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Signor
Components
%
+/-
Morphology
/ Pleochroism
I Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref
Angle
Elongation
_
Icite / Vinyl Binders
: 100
Non -fibrous
_
high
Prep tireatment : heat / melt
Asbestos content :
None Detected
Layer 2 Yellow Mastic
Stereoscopic Exam
_
Color
Texture
omogeneous?
% Fibrous % Astws_tos
/o of Sam 1
j Yellow
Rubbe
YES
ND i ND
1
PLM Examination
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
Components
%
+/- i
Mo bolo
lue Binders
; 70
Non -fibrous
Prep/treatment : heat / melt
Asbestos Content :
None Detected
/ Pleochroism Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref.
Extinction
Angle
Sign of
Elon ion
Comments : r Analyst : Mark Turner
Date Analyzed : 5/13102
Lab Job# : x26-05919 Sample # : 2
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0094 EPA Method 40 CM Ch. 1, Pt. 763, Subpt. F. App. A __ , NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project: Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab lob# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 3
Client Sample Description : TS-01 C, Floor Tile & Yellow Mastic, Back Door Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Floor Tile
Stereoscopic Exam
Color
Texture
omogeneous?
FFibrous % Asbestos /o of S t
Grey
_Hard
YES
ND ND 99
PLM Examination
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
Components O/C+/-
Morphology
/ Pleochmism
Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref
Angle
Elon on
alcfte 1 Vinyl Binders 1 10
Non -fibrous
_
high
Prephreatment : heat / melt
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Layer 2 Yellow Mastic
Stereoscopic Exam
-
610r
Texture
omo rneous? %Fibrous %Asbestosp/o of Sam I
Yellow
Rubbery
YES 1-ND ! ND 1
Components 1 %
t
+_/- 1._ Mo hol
Non -fibrous
Color j Parallel
/ Pleochroism Ref. Index
Perpendicular
Rcf. Index
I Extinction
Biref, Angle
Sign of
Elon tion
lue Binders 1
Prep/treatment : heat! melt
Comments .
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0094 EPA Method 40 CF& Ch. 1 Pt. 763 Sub t F . A NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 4
Client Sample Description: TS-02A, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Sales Floor, Page 1 of 1
North Wall
Layer I Drywall Material Stereoscopic Exam
i Color Texture omo encousT % Fibrous %Asbestos /o of Sam 1
.._ .. __. _ _ Blocky YES 2 ND 20
�� � i.Y�AT91f19}IAA
Components
%
+/.
Morphology
Color , Parallel
/ Pleochroism Ref. Index
Perpendicular
Ref. Index I Biref
Extinction
An a
Sign of
Elongation
_
Wass Wool Fibers
Rods
1 0
[Gyl?lum / Binders
91
1
Non -fibrous
_ I
Prephrcatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos content:
None Detected
Layer 2 DW Paper Facing
Stereoscopic Exam
_
_ Texture
omogeneous %Fibrous
/° Asbestos /° of Sampl
_Color
Tan
Fibrous
YES j 100
1 ND
15
PLM Examination--
t
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
t Components
%
1+/-
Mo of
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Bimf
Angie
Elon lion
(Cellulose Fibers _ - ._
100
1
ribbons
-
high
Prep/treatmcnt : mechanical seperation
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Layer 3 Texture
Stereoscopic Exam
_
Color
_
Texture
�Fiomogeneous7
% Fibrous
/° Asbestos
k of Sampl
White
_
BlockyI
YES
ND
ND
65
PLM Examination
_
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
1.
Extinction
Sign of
Com nests
%
+/-
Morphology
/ Pleochroism_
Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref
An le
Elongation
alclte I Talc I Binders
1 Oq
Non -Fibrous
Prep/treatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos Content :
None Detected
f-Comments :
Analyst: Mark Turner
Date Analyzed: 6113102
Lab Job# : x26-05919 1 Sample # : 4
4
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 _ _ _ EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1, Pt. 763, Subpt. F. App. A
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 5
Client Sample Description : TS-02B, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Back Room
Layer I Drywall Material Stereoscopic Exam
Color I Texture I
White I Blocky
DT LA
Page 1 of 1
YES 1 2 1 No 1 35
Color
Paranel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
Corn onents
% +/-.1 Morphology
/ Pleochroism
Ref Index _
Ref. Index ` Biref
An le
Elongation
_
lass Wool Fibers
Rods
0
—Mum / Binders _
91 _Ron -fibrous
_
Prep/treatment: mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
Layer 2 DW Paper Facing Stereoscopic Exam
Color
Texture
om eneous?
% Fibrous % Asbestos
/o of Sam I
_ Tan
_
Fibrous
YES
1 100
i ND
15
PLM Examination
Color
Parallel I
Perpendicular
I
_
Extinction
I Sign of
Components
%
+/-
Morphology
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index i
Ref. Index
Biref
An le _
Elon ation
_llulose Fibers
I log
I
ribbons _
_high
Prep/treatment: mechanical seperation
_ — —
— — _ — Asbestos Content:
None Detected— —
— — — — —
Layer 3 Joint Compound
Stereoscopic Exam
a
Color
Texture
omogeneous? % Fibrous
% Asbestos
_
/° of Sampi
White
61- cC—
YES ND
ND
35
PLM Examination
rColor
_ _
Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
1 Com nents
%
+/-
Mo hol
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref
An le
Elon ation
alcite I Talc I Binders _
I Oq
I
Non -Fibrous
_
Prep/treatment: mechanical separation
Asbestos Content :
None Detected
Layer 4 Texture
Stereoscopic Exam
Color Texture omo eneous7 % Fibrous % Asbestos °/. of Sam 1
White _ Slocft� YES ND 1 h 15
PLM Examination _
Color Parallel Ppe erndiculars Extinction Sign of
Cam onents % +/- Morphology_ / Plcochroism Ref. index Ref. Index Bircf _ Angle Elon lion
(cite I Talc I Binders I 10q Non-Flbrous ! I_ _ ( ^ ' _. .
Prep/treatment : mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
I Comments :
Analyst : Mark Turner
Date Analyzed : 5/13102
Lab Job# : x213-05919 1 Sample # : 5
[Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 EPA Method 40 CFR. Ch. 1, Pt. 763, Subpt. F, App. A NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 6
Client Sample Description: TS-02C, Drywall, Texture & Joint Compound, Sales Area Page 1 of 1
Layer I Drywall Material Stereoscopic Exam __
Color Texture omoaeneous? % Fibrous /o Asbestos /e of Samoll
Color T Parallel
Perpendicular;
Extinction
Sign of
Com onents I %
+/- .
Morphology
/ Pleochtoism Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biri f
Angle
Elongation
Isss Wool Fibers
Rods
-----
0
Uulose Fibers 1
ribbons
!
high
_
3ypsum / Binders 9
c
No"brom
—
Prephreatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Layer 2 DW Paper Facing
Stereoscopic Exam
_
Color
Texture
Homogeneous? % Fibrous %o Asbestos
/o of Sam i
Tan
Fibrous
YES 1 100
- ND
10
PLM Examination_
-`� —y -
_
_
Color
_ _
i Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction Sign of
Components %
+/-
Morphology
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index
Rct Index
Biref
Angle `Elon anon
r—ellulose Fibers 10
ribbons
hi h
Prephreatment : mechanical seperation
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Layer 3 Texture
Stereoscopic Exam
—
Color
Texture
omogeneous?
%Fibrous
°� Asbestos
/° of Sampl
White
Blocky
YES
ND
ND
5
PLM Examination
Color
Parallel
Papendicular
_
Extinction
Sign of
Components
Morphology
/Pleochroism
Ref. Index
Ref.In_d_ex
Birc_f_ __
Angle
JElon ation
alcite I Talc I Binders
I 100
_
Non -Fibrous
Prep/treatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos Content :
None Detected
L
Comments:
Analyst: Mark Turner
Date Analyzed: 5/13/02
Lab Job# : x213-05919 I &
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1 Pt. 763 Sub t. F App. A NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bemstein Inv. t Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 7
Client Sample Description : TS-03A, Ceiling Tile, Back Room Page 1 of 1
Layer I Ceiling Tile Stereoscopic Exam _
Color Texture omogencous9l% Fibrous �% Asbestos %o of Sam 1
r Off -White Fibrous L_ YES 80 ND ; 100
PLM Examination
i Color I Parallel Perpendicular Extinction Sign of
Components %. +/- i Mo holo / Pleochroism _ Ref. Index i Ref. index Biref Angle Elongation
Ilulose Fibers 4 ribbons _ high -
ineral Wool Fibers 4 Rods _ 0 —
erltte T 1 Glass Foam
PrepAreatment : mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
Comments :
Analyst: Mark Tumer `
Date Analyzed : 5113102
Lab lob# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 7
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
1 T'DH License No 30-0084 EPA Method 40 CFR Ch. 1 _ Pt_ 763. Subot F. ADD. A NVL4P Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Ina
Project: Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919
Client Sample Description: TS-0313, Ceiling Tile, Men's Room
Layer I Ceiling Tile Stereoscopic Exam
Sample # : 8
Page 1 of 1
I Ofl White Fibrous - l _ YES 1 80 1 ND— 1 100
PLM Examination _ _
- Color Parallel Perpendicular Extinction Sign of
I Components % +/- Morphology ! Pleochroism Ref. Index 1 • Ref. Index Biref f _ Angle Elongation
Linmeral
se Fibers ribbons high Wool Fibers _ Rods y 2 Glass Foam 0
PrepRrsatment : mechanical seperation Asbestos Content : None Detected
I Comments :
Analyst:~ Mark Turner
Date Analyzed: 5113/02
Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 8
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0094 EPA Method 40 CFR�C_h. 1, Pt ?63, Subpt F
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 9
Client Sample Description: TS-03C, Celling Tlle, Women's Room
Laver I Ceiling Tile Stereoscopic Exam
Page 1 of 1
Color
Texture
Ho - eneousl
% Fibrous
% Asbestos
/a of Sam i
r Off -White
Fibrous
YES
80
1 ND
100
PLM Examination
.. _
-I
-+/-
Color__ Parallel
Perpendicular!
Extinction
Sign of
Components._.
%
I
morphology
/ Pieochroism Ref. Index
Ref. Index i
Biref
Angle
Elongation
Ilulose Fibers
1 41
ribbons
high
—
ineral Wool Fibers
4
Rods
0 - _
erllte _
_ 2
Glass Foam
I
-
_
0•-
-
prep/treatment: mechanical
seperation
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Comments: Analyst: Mark Tumer
Date Analyzed: 5113102
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 _ EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1, PL 763, Subpt. F, App. A
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project: Bernstein Inv. J Treasures Gift Shop
Project JI : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 10
Client Sample Description: TS-04A, Batt Insulation, Middle of Sales Floor
Layer I Yellow Thermal Stereoscopic Exam _
DI lI C.......:....�:....
Page 1 of 1
Texture omogeneous? % Fibrous p/o Asbestos P/o of sar
Fibrous YES I 100 ND 100
F_—
Color
Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction
Sign of
Components
%
+/-
Momhology
Pleochroism
Ref Index
Ref. Index
Biref
Angle
Elongation
_
ineral Wool Fibers
�'esln
9
Rods
_
0
_
Binders
Non -fibrous
Prep/treaunent : mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
I Comments:
Analyst: Mark Tumer
Date Analyzed: 5113102
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
Tnw t.irrnee Nn IO-MR4 EPA Method 40 CFR. Ch. 1. Pt. 763. Subot..F. ADD. A NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project: Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x28-05919 Sample # : 11
Client Sample Description: TS-04B, Batt Insulation, Sales Floor Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Yellow Thermal Stcmo_scopic Exam
Color Texture Homogencous7 %Fibrous /o Asbestos /° ofSampl
Yeilow Fibrous YES 100 _ 1 ND i s0
I I
_ Components i % +/- i Morphology
Color ( Parallel
/ Pleochroism I Ref. Index
Perpendicular
Rcf. Index
Biref
Extinction Sign of
Angle Elongation
ineral Wool Fibers 94
1 Rods
_
0
Resin Binders
Non -fibrous
Prep/treatment: mechanical separation Asbestos content: None Detected
Layer 2 Paper / Tar Wrap Stereoscopic Exam
Color Tenure omogeneous? %Fibrous /Asbestos /° of Sa
TanWlack Fibrousfrar. YES 75 1 ND 1 20
Color
Parallel
erpendicularl Extinction
Sign of
' Components I % I +/-
MorpholoML
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index
ReL Index Bir. f _ _ An a
Elongation
ellulose Fibers- T
ribbons
high _
ar Binders ; 24 j Non -fibrous
_
I
I
Prephreatment : heat / melt Asbestos Content: None Detected
�Comments
Analyst: r Mark Turner
Date Analyzed: 5113/02
Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 11
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1, Pt 763 Subpt F, App. A NV1AP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project* : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 12
Client Sample Description : TS-W, Batt Insulation, Men's Restroom Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Yellow Thermal Stereoscopic Exam _
L_ Color Texture omogenwus? %Fibrous .6 Asbestos % of Sam�f
-7Yellow Fibrous4 YES I 100 _I ND 80
Color I Parallel Perpcndicularf Extinction Sign of
Co nests % +/- Morphology / Pleochroism Ref Index Ref. Index Biref Angie Elon ation
ineral Wool Fibers 9 Rods _}-- 0
esin Binders Non -fibrous I _
Prept=tment : mechanical separation Asbestos content : None Detected
Layer 2 . Paper 1 Tar Wrap stereoscopic Exam
Color Texture JHomogeneous? %Fibrous %Asbestos /° of Sam I
TanlBLark FibrouslTar YES 75 ND 20
Color
Parallel Perprndieular
Extinction
.Sign of
Components %
+/-
Mo holo
/ Pleochroism
Ref. Index Ref. index
Biref
An le
Elongation
• ellulose Fibers
71
1 ribbons _
1 Non -fibrous
high
ar Binders
1 24
_
I— — Prep/treatment— — — — — — — — — — — — — heat t melt Asbestos content: None Detected— - — — — — — — -I
Comments:
Analyst: Mark Turner �,e
Date Analyzed: 5113102
Lab Job# : x2121-05919 Sample # : 12
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0094 _ EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1,, Pt. 763, Subpt. F. ADD. A _ _— NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 13
Client Sample Description : TS-05A, Drywall Texture, Handicap Women's Restroom Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Texture
Stereoscopic Exam
Color
Texture
om eous?
% Fibrous
o Asbcs
/° of Sam 1
White
Blocky _ _
YF�
ND
-•- ND
1 100 -
PLM Examination
..
Sign of
Perpendicular
Extinction
_
Color Parallel
Components %
+/-1
Mo holopy
/ Pleochroism
_Ref. Index
Ref. Index
Biref Angle Elongation
ic-ite I Talc I Binders
100
Non -Fibrous
_-
__
pmTAreatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos content:
None Detected
Comment
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
TDH License No. 30-0084 EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch. 1. Pt. 763, Subpt F, App_A
Client : Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project: Bernstein Inv. t Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 14
Client Sample Description: TS-05B, Drywall Texture, Handicap Women's Restroom
Layer I DW Paper Facing Stereoscopic Exam _
Color Texture
Tan Fibrous
PLM Examination _.. .- •---
"056
Page 1 of 1
AD 50 _. J
Extinction Sign of
Components % +/- Mo bola / Pieochmism.. _ : Ref. Index Rcf. Index I Biref I Angle Elongation
llulose Fibers 110q.ribbons _ high
Prep/treatment: mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
Layer 2 Paint Stereoscopic Exam
Cofer i Tacture omogeneous? %Fibrous %Asbestos of Sam 1
white I Hard I NO I ND NO 1 50
Components
-Y.+I-
Mo holo
Color
/ Pleochroism
Parallel
Ref. index
Perpendicular
R
Extinction
AnpJc
I Sign of
Elongation
figment/Binders
1 1001
Non -fibrous
_
Prep/tre anent : heat I melt Asbestos Content: None Detected
Comments :
Analyst : Mark I urner
'Date Analyzed : 5113102
Lab Job# : x2B-05919 S:
Steve Moody Micro Services, Inc. Bulk Asbestos Analysis Sheet
-TDH License No. 30-0094 EPA Method 40 CFR, Ch 1, Pt 763 Subpt. F, App. A NVLAP Lab No. 102056
Client: Austin Environmental, Inc.
Project : Bernstein Inv. / Treasures Gift Shop
Project # : AE02-77 Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : '15
Client Sample Description : TS-05C, Drywall Texture, Men's Restroom _ _ Page 1 of 1
Layer 1 Joint Compound Stereoscopic Exam
Color Texture omogeneous? °i6 Fibroid% Asbestos % of Sam 1
White Bloch YES ND _ ND 1 30
PLM Examination _
-
Color Parallel
Perpendicular
Extinction�r
Components
Lite
%
+/-
morph -logy!
Pleochroism Ref. Index
Ref. index
Biref An a IElon tion
_
/ Talc I Binders
10
Non -Fibrous
prep/treatment: mechanical separation
Asbestos Content:
None Detected
Layer 2 DW Tape
Stereoscopic Exam
Color
Texture
Homogeneous?
°h Fibrous
/° Asbestos
/° of Sam t
White
_ Fibrous_
YES
100
ND
40
PLM Examination
Color Parallel Perpendicular Extinction
I Sign of
Components
% +/-
Morphology/
Pleochrois_m
Ref_ index
Ref. Index Biref ,
r
An a
Elc anon
ellulose Fibers
100
ribbons. .• __
:..
. high
Prep/treatment : mechanical separation
Asbestos content:
None Detected
Layer 3 Texture
Stereoscopic Exam
Color
Texture
Homogeneous?l% Fibrous
/° Asbestos
/o of Sampl
�_. _.. ._White ! Bloclry YES ND ND 30
PLM Examination _
I ' — Color Parallel Perpendicular Extinction Sign of
Com onents % +/- Mo holo / Pleochroism Ref.— Ref. Index Biref An a Elon ation
alcite I Talc I Binders 1 Od,Non-Fibrous
Prep/treatment : mechanical separation Asbestos Content: None Detected
Comments: _ Analyst : Mark Turner
Date Analyzed: 5113102
Lab Job# : x2B-05919 Sample # : 15
tz 'n Cso
SUMS Lab job 1 Bulk PLM ��
A eL
Lab Use Lab Job # Air PCM
(Please print legibly) on jy Lab Job N __ TEM___.
Pagc,j_ of Z
Your Name : D
Company Name:--u-s•%f N to V; r o h e 4a TkC_ .
Client/Project Name: 8 4rn s--k; h .xN Tr e4S41 res �'-�-�' Sipe p Project No. h f OZ- 7 "7 P.O. No:
v
Date Sampled: 5 O OZ Sampled by: 1�• (� e r
Turnaround Requested : Contact Information:
_ Rush Name: ,�Gt u i _ Telephone (phone no.)
✓Tlormal _✓f-mail: (address) P-, 2e_L h'' t� �i ✓fit • �O 1f'- ._. Fax: (fax no.)
Positive stop: es No x Bard copy: (address)
• • • Please note a handling fee may be applied ro submittah Wth uncontained or improperly packaged go"I
SamP le No. Sample Description Air Volume Field Notes
-
�z�r- ,Y vc.,
-O I P>
1=/omr ; �e �- a oK✓ �iG; �- &C
o se
Ir
•
/t' hoar
AlW� uvt�� 1� 7'
s� OZ
pr v✓ re a�- . o v.,
t, <<
<
11 rr
pr _,v 7-e r r d' Cm v
.S r/�S
� re <
• , i
s - Z �.
4 rook.
S - D3 8
1 S-03 C-
Cep �r r+ �� �� lr �cne� s
8
Z /7 : c 0
Notes:
Initials• —Date:
ct,.,•r 1tn,+rfi. llirrn en•ireq. lur. 151n Raulnit,li. Cuife 641 t"erralltaft. Texax 75nn6 (972) 446.9870 Nl,'I.AP Lob No. 102056 TDII' ieeare No. 30-OM81
./SBESTOS')
�4sbestc Char of Custody
(Please print legibly)
Page Z of z-
Your Name
sums Lab Job 4 % Bulk PLM
Lab Use Lab Job 0 _ Air PCM
Only Lab Job H TEM
Company ti V- �. t„e .
Client/Project Name: v, ) 7—�-e-<S re Project No. Eo z - 77 P.O. No:
Date Sampled:
Turnaround Requested
Rush
.Normal •
Positive stop. _ Yes _ No
to
Sampled by: Y-' veld e�� ef
Contact Information:
Name: pi "
,-'mail: (address)
x Hard copy: (address)
Telephone (phone no.)
_ Fax: (fax no.)
• • • Please note a hanafrngJee may or Opp ICU Iva. ......v., -••••-•��•••-•••-- - - r -� - -
Sample No. Sample Description
-
Air Volume
Field Notes
Ts- oy $
iS - Oy �-
B a44
T tis 44 ! 04, - S �e s
B a �- t o e 1
A� w rC — c
�k re - J
poor
Res�roo�.,
roo
s root.,
ewe '
7"S-Ids
7 -cu L3
7-s_ OS L
Notes:
tlrrr l /.•ndt. %firro Sen•irec. low I S I n Rnn.Init�lr..Crrilr• 6n1 Carrnlllnrr. Texas 75nn6 (971) 446.987n NVI.AP Inh NO V1111Ja
Initials: Date:
TAN l.lcenst No. 3n-nW (ASBESTOS)
TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
BE IT KNOWN THAT
AUSTIN ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.
is Licensed and authorized to perform as an
Asbestos Consultant Agency
in the State of Texas within je
as amended, so long as this.:.. iaccording to the rile
10-0313
License Number
06/06/2001
Issue Dale
06/05/2002
Expiration Date
This certificate is void
after expiration date.
' SGY.l: •.
T:yal Statutes, Article 4477-3a,
>u ,d =or revoked and is renewed
-Board of Health.
Todd F. Wingler,.P.E.
Chic(, Asbestos Programs Branch
Occupational Safety and Health Division
0 1� ,CAP /I7
Charles E Bell. M.D
Executive Deputy Commissioner
VOID IF ALTERED NON -TRANSFERABLE
58141
. • ,..���w�..,..i.:'3isi�w�O�LLAMi:iie�r:w::IiM+�Klc4�+�. �..a�r - - �.
1'���;►� Dep;irtmcm of Hc.;title ccrli%cs thal:
PAUL B DEHLIN G ER
License Number I WSS23 '
is Licensed as an
Individual Asbestos Consultant
carol No. 62490
c .��ttttti��i���i;► ��f It�alllt
ASBESTOS CONSULTANTS, INC
The Woodlands, Texas
August 28, 2002
Project No. 2002-197
Bernstein Investi rents
St. James Place, Suite 300
Houston, Texas OCT Z 11 2002
Attention: Mr. Andy Bernstein SCANNED
RESULTS OF ASBESTOS SURVEY
VACANT LEASE SPACE AT I I00-B HARVEY ROAD
POST OAK SQUARE SHOPPING CENTER
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 77840
Introduction
This report presents results of the asbestos survey performed for the vacant lease space located at 1100-B Harvey
Road, in the Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College Station, Texas. This survey was authorized by
Mr. Robert Taylor of Bernstein Investments on August 19, 2002, and performed in accordance with our confirmed
scope of services
Purpose and Scope. The purpose of this survey was to determine if asbestos is present in the existing building
materials within the vacant lease space located at 1100-B Harvey Road, in College Station, Texas. The scope of
services .included performance of the following tasks:
... • Collect and analyze representative samples of suspect asbestos -containing materials, and
• Prepare a report discussing results from laboratory testing and presenting reoommendationstoonclusions.
Report Organization. This report is divided into sections that discuss the field investigation, laboratory analyses
and results. Supporting documentation follows the text.
Field Survey .
The asbestos survey was conducted on August 23, 2002, by Mr. Patrick D. McIntyre, PE, Licensed Asbestos
Consultant (TDH License 010-5331) of Asbestos.ConsultanM Inc. (TDH Asbestos Consultant Agency License #10-
0120); and included sampling of suspect asbestos containing building materials.
Observations
Concrete with yellow carpet glue was observed throughout the lease space. White nonfriable gypsum wallboard
(Sheetrock) with dry wall joint compound and white textured paint was common to the built-up interior walls of the
lease space. Glass panes were observed across the storefront.
A drop ceiling with individual fibrous, fiiable, 24-in. x 48-in. ceiling tiles (with a white paint exterior) was present
throughout the lease space. The grid for the drop ceiling was suspended from clean bar joists; metal roof deck, and
structural steel joists. Fiberglass insulated HVAC air duct was observed above the drop tile ceiling. .
Alf.AnW88nutoln
Bwrtsiel.n hwasonents
August 28, 2002
Project 2002-1 97
For this survey, the following suspect building materials were sampled:
• Friable ceiling tiles (24-in. x 48-in. tiles), no damage, and
• Nonfnable wall board (gypsum/sheetrock) with dry wall joint compound and textured paint, no damage,
.SampHng. Suspect asbestos -containing building materials (ACM) were classified as either surfacing, thermal or
miscellaneous materials. Sampling during the field investigation included the collection of six bulk samples of
suspect miscellaneous materials. Table I presents details of the bulk sample type and location.
Allsamples were collected in a manner that reduced the potential for fiber release and exposure using amended
water and personal protective equipment where necessary. After recovery, samples were placed in secure containers
for transport to a laboratory. Appropriate chains of custody protocols were initiated at this time. Sampling of glass,
root materials and brick were not inchxled as part of this survey.
Laboratory Analyses
Bulk samples .were analyzed by a trained analyst using Polarized Light Nficroscopy according to the US EPA Interim
Method for the Determination of Asbestos. This, technique characterizes the material's refractive indices, fiber
morphology, bireftingence, extinction angle, sign of elongation, and dispersion staining colors to detect asbestos.
Percentage compositions are based on approximate area compositions under a stereomicrosoope. The results of the.
bulk sample analyses are given in Table 1.
Laboratory analyses results show no asbestos being detected in the suspect building materials sampled within
the project lean space. Original laboratory bulk sample test results are presented at the end of this report.
Conclusions
Based on results of the laboratory analysis, no asbestos is present in the project lease space located at 1100-B
Harvey Road, in the Post Oak Square shopping center, College Station, Telrag,
Limitad6ns
This report presents the results of the asbestos sampling, performed for the vacant lease space located at 1 100-B
Harvey Road in College Station, Texas. This report describes only conditions *present at the time of my survey in the
areas surveyed. Destructive sampling -procedures (drilling through the root etc) were not used or authorized.,
This survey was conducted using standard principles and practices, and the scope of this report is hunted to the
matters expressively covered. Asbestos Consultants, Inc. makes no warranties, expressed or implied, including
without limitation, warranties as to the marketability of the site or fitness for a particular use. Information in this
report is not to be construed as legal advice.
Warranties and liabilities as to the service performed are limited to the cost of the survey. This report and the
findings contained herein shall not, in whole or in part, be dispersed or disclosed to any. other party without prior
written consent from Asbestos Consultants, Inc. and/or Bernstein Investments.
Mr. Andy Bernstefi August 28, 2002
r Bernstein bwesbneMs Project 2002-197
Closing
The following table and appendix are attached and complete this report:
Table 1 Bulk Sample Summary
Appendix I Original Laboratory Test Results
I appreciate the opportunity to provide these services to min Investments. Should you have any questions or
require any additional information, please call me at (713) 252-5360. I'll contact you later this week to discuss the .
results and answer any questions that you may have.
Very Tiuly Yours,
ASBESTOS.CONSULTANTS, INC_ . .
Patrick D. McIntyre, PE
Licensed Asbestos Consultant (i'DH License # 10-5331)
C.\WinwmdTArvirm\2002-197-svy.doc
�.
TABLE 1- BULK SAMPLE SUMMARY
SAMPLE NO.
DESCRIPTION
ASBESTOS CONTENT
HM-01
White non -friable wallboard with dry wall joint compound
No Asbestos Detected
and white textured paint common to interior walls in lease
space. No damage. Sample from front left perimeter wall
HM-02
White non friable wallboard with dry walljoint compound
No Asbestos Detected
and white textured paint common to interior walls in lease
space. No damage. Sample from front right perimeter wall.
HM-03 .
White non-fiable wallboard with dry wall joint compound
No Asbestos Detected
and white texurred paint common to interior walls in lease
Space. No damage. Sample from front storeroom wall.
HM-04
Tan friable fibrous 24" x 48" ceiling the with white paint
No Asbestos Detected
cover on grid suspended beneath clean bar joists. and roof deck
No damage. Sample from front of space.
HM-05
Tan friable fibrous 24" x 48" ceiling file with white paint
No Asbestos Detected
cover on grid suspended beneath clean bar joists and roof deck.
'
No damage. Sample from front center of space.
HM-06
Tan friable fibrous 24" x 48" ceiling tile with white paint
No Asbestos Detected
cover on grid suspended beneath clean bar joists and roof deck.
No damage. Sample from back of space.
�'darl:ed i.tcht Mtc�rgaeoav Bttlk Aaalr�le
HAL Jab Number: 08-02-220d
Client: Asbestos Cossultanu, l
Chew PO Number — NOae Gives —
Client Projed Number. 02-197
Cacm Proj=t: -- Noss Gives —
Date Sample :teoeivd: Au=ust 27, 2002
Tuimmund: 24 Hour
Houston Analytical Laboratory
A DMA" arThe Sartcvpmanon
NVLAP Acc edW Lsbasory 0 200473.0
7DI1 Lkaued Libor" a 30.0138
ac.
Page t of i
Standard Reporr
Ds-8 QA
MOIL TM USIPA eequiees uw of Straddled apdpsts fwNESHAP
and AHERA oompRanm OSHA $a! TDH do not reagise Ow
Y7e of iiwere
eMl(Ien1lp`
Satopk ID
Satpple ED
A cub
V Masroseople Fart
E Descriptiaa (Ye)
Collbrate
Art+es<e, W1;:
NOX
Asbestos
Fibers
(o/a
on
F'
Corntituen
(1
snrwatc
HIK-1
QM-2
EEK-3
'4
H1K-S
H11t-6
HSN- 02.41217
HS14-0241218
HSN-02-41219
HSN-02-41220
HSN-02.41221
HSN-02-41222 I
A Whte mud w/white paint 100
A Whte. mud w/while paint l00
A Whibe mud wlwbite paint t00
A TaWwhite siting tale 100
A . 7anhvhite. ailing trle 100
A TaWwhits ceiling the 100
ND
lYD
ND
ND
ND
ND
IM
4
TR
7;
7_
7!
100
100
'
100
23
25
25
y .kSTOS CONSULTANTS, INC
The Woo&andr, Texas
Bernstein Investments
St James Place, Suite 300
College Station, Texas 77056
Attention. b& Robert Taylor
RESULTS OF ASBESTOS SURVEY
VACANT LEASE SPACE AT 1104-C HARVEY
POST OAK SQUARE SHOPPING CENTER
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 77840
Introduction
June 17, 2003
ACI Project No. 2003-096
This report presents results of the asbestos survey performed for the vacant lease space located at 1104-C Harvey,
Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College Station, Texas. This survey was authorized by I& Robert Taylor of
Bernstein Invesbnents on June 6, 2003, and performed in general accordance with our confirmed scope of services
Purpose and Scope. The purpose of this survey was to determine if asbestos is present in the existing building
materials within the vacant lease space located at 1104-C Harvey, in Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College
Station, Texas. The scope of services included pexformanee of the following tasks:
•. Collect and analyze representative samples of suspect asbestos -containing materials, and
• Prepare a report diwassmg results from laboratory testing and presenting recommendat oWconcfisions.
Report Organization. This. report is divided into sections that discuss the field investigation, laboratory analyses
and results. Supporting documentation follows the text.
Field Survey
The asbestos survey was conducted on June 9, 2003, by lvlr. Patrick D. McIntyre, P.E., Licensed Asbestos !Consultant
(TDH License #10-5331) of Asbestos Consultants, Inc. (TDH Asbestos Consultant Agency License. #10-0120), and
included sampling of suspect asbestos containing building materials.
Observations
One layer of beigettan, nonfriable, 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with yellow mastic was observed on the right two-
thirds of the lease space and the back left storeroom ( 2,600 square feet). Black, nonfnable, 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl
floor tile with yellow mastic was observed on the left one-third -of the lease space ( 800 square feet). Gray linoleum
flooring was present in the back rest rooms ( 200 square feet). The interior walls of the lease space are constructed
of nordriable gypsum board (Sheetrock) with friable dry wall joint compound and textured paint
A suspended ceiling with friable, 24-m. x 48 m
fiberglass ceiling tiles was common throughout the lease space.
The grid for the ceiling was suspended from clean bar joists, structural steel joists, and a fiberglass insulated roof
deck. Fiberglass insulated HVAC duc tboard and flex duct were observed above the suspended tile ceiling:
For this survey, the following suspect building materials were sampled.
• Nonfdable wall board (gypsum/Sheetrock) with dry wall joint compound and paint, no damage,
• Friable ductboard insulation and wrapping (including.cover material and sealer), no damage,
• Nonfriable linoleum flooring with yellow mastiq no damage, and
• Non'riable 12-in. x 12 in. vinyl floor tile (tw styles) with yellow mastic; no damage.
P.O. Box 131114 The Woodlands, TV= 77393-1114 TeL. No.: (832) 813-0660 Fsa No.: (832) 813-0661
Mr. Robert Taylor June 17, 2003
Emistdln Inves6nents Project 2003496
Samp}ing� Suspect asbestos -containing building materials (ACB" are classified as either surfacing, thermal or
miscellaneous materials. Sampling during the field investigation included the collection of eighteen bulk samples of
suspect miscellaneous materials. Table 1 presents details of the bulk sample type and location.
All samples were collected in a manner that reduced the potential for fiber release and exposure, using amended
water and personal protective equipment where necessary. After recovery, samples were placed in secure containers
for transport to a laboratory. Appropriate chains of custody protocols were initiated at this time. Sampling of glass,
roof materiab and brick were not included as part of this survey.
Laboratory Analyses
Bulk samples were analyzed by a trained analyst using Polarized Light Microscopy according to the US EPA Interim
Method for the Determination of Asbestos. This technique characterizes the material's refractive indices, fiber
morphology, birefringence, extinction angle, and sign of elongation, and dispersion staining colors to detect
asbestos. Percentage compositions are based on approximate area compositions under a stereomicroscope. The.
results of the bulk sample analyses are given in Table 1.
Laboratory analyses results show no asbestos being detected in the suspect building materials sampled within the
lease space. Original laboratory bulk sample best results are presented at the end of this report.
Conclusions
Based on results of the laboratory analysis, no asbestos is present in the suspect building materials sampled'
within the vacant lease space located at 1104-C Harvey, in Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College
Station, Texas.
Limitations
This report presents the results of the asbestos sampling Performed for the vacant lease space looted at 1104-C
Harvey, in Post Oak Square S Center, in College Static Texas. This report describes o Shopping Se � repo my conditions
present at the time of my survey in the areas surveyed. Destructive sampling procedures (drilling.through the roof;
etc.) were not used or authorized.
This survey was conducted using standard principles and practices, and the . scope of this report is limited to the
matters expressively covered. Asbestos Consultants, Inc. makes no warranties, expressed or implied, including
without limitation, warranties as to the marketability of the site or fitness for a particular use. Information in this
report is not to be construed as legal advice.
Warranties and liabilities as to the service performed are limited to the cost of the survey. This report and the
findings contained herein shall not, in whole or in part, be dispersed or disclosed to any other party without prior
written consent from Asbestos Consultants; Inc. and/or representatives with Bernstein Investments.
Page 2
Mr. Robert Taylor Jame 17, 2003
Bemstdn 6nresftwds Project 2003-MB
Cr - Closing
`` The followin table and g appendix are attached and complete this report
Table 1 Bulk Sample Summary
Appendix I Original Laboratory Test Results
I appreciate the opportunity to provide these services to Bernstein Investments, please call me at (713) 252-5360 if
you have any questions or require additional information. I'll contact you later this week to discuss the results and
answer any questions that you may have.
cu zoo3-0st~amvey-Bwwrek-s<y &c
Very Truly Yours,
ASBESTOS CONSULTANTS, INC.
Patrick D. Mc E.
Licensed Asbestos (TDIi License # 10-5331)
Page 3
TABLE 1
TABLE 1- BULK SAMPLE SUMMARY
SAMPLE NO.
DESCRIPTION
ASBESTOS CONTENT
HM-01
Beigehan nonEdable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the right two-thirds of the lease
space. No damage. Sample from front of lease space.
HNI-02
Beigettan nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the right two-thirds of the lease
space. No damage. Sample from center of lease space.
HM-03
Beigehan nonfiiable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the right two-thirds of the lease
space. No damage. Sample from back of lease space.
HM-04
Black, nonfriable 12 in. x 12 in. vinyl floor file with yellow
No Asbestos Detected
mastic common to the left one-third of the lease space.
No damage. Sample from left front area of lease space.
HM-05
Black, nonfdable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with yellow
No Asbestos Detected
mastic common to the left one-third of the lease space.
No damage. Sample from left center area of lease space.
HM-06
Black, nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor the with yellow
No Asbestos Detected
mastic common to the left one-third of the lease space.
No damage. Sample from left back area of lease space.
HM-07
Beigettan nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor file with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the back left storeroom.
No damage. Sample from front of storeroom.
HM-08
Beigettan nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor the with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the back left storeroom
No damage. Sample from center of storeroom.
HM-09
Beigehan nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tile with
No Asbestos Detected
yellow mastic common to the back left storeroom
No damage. Sample from back of storeroom
SAMPLE NO.
TABLE 1- BULK SAMPLE SUMMARY
DESCRIPTION
ASBESTOS CONTENT
HM-10 White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound
No Asbestos Detected
common to interior walls. White textured paint on exterior
surface. No damage. Sample from center of right wall.
HM-11 White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound
No Asbestos Detected
common to interior walls. White textured paint on exterior
surface. No damage. Sample from center of left wall.
HM-12 White nonfdable wallboard with dry wall joint compound
No Asbestos Detected
common to interior walls. White textured paint on exterior
surface. No damage. Sample from back wall between main
retail area and back storeroom/rest rooms.
HM 13 Beige nonfriable linoleum flooring with tan mastic common
No Asbestos Detected
to the back rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front of
Men's rest room:
HM-14 Beige nonfriable linoleum flooring with tan mastic common No Asbestos Detected
to the back rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front of
Women's rest room_
C/ HM 15 Beige nonfriable linoleum flooring with tan mastic common No Asbestos Detected
to the back rest rooms. No damage. Sample from back of
Women's rest room.
HM 16 Tan friable duct board insulation with silver foil and white No Asbestos Detected
sealant common to the HVAC system above the drop ceiling.
No damage. Sample from front of lease space.
HM-17 Tan friable duct board insulation with silver foil and white No Asbestos Detected
sealant common to the HVAC system above the drop ceiling.
No damage. Sample from center of lease space.
HM 18 Tan friable duct board insulation with silver foil and white No Asbestos Detected
sealant common to the HVAC system above the drop ceiling.
No damage. Sample from back of lease space.
NOTES:
(1) Samples analyzed by Houston Analytical Laboratory (TDH License # 30-0258, NVLAP # 200473-0), a successful
participant in the U.S. EPA Interim Laboratory Accreditation program
APPENDIX I
ORIGINAL LABORATORY TEST REPORTS
:ram
-P M
PolarLed Li tphtt ftrrors' ggy OUUglysls
HAL Jcb Number:
Client:
Client FO Number
Client Project Number:
Client Project:
Date Samples Received:
Tlunamund:
Houstox Auaiytiol Laboratory
A Dteision pr n. v Ssui Cwparation
Nvt.AP Aeeredited Wchetoty R 2OC473-0
TDH Licensed Labtaataty ti 30.0115E
o6-os.zeal
Asbestos Consultants, Inc.
— None Given —
03-096
— None Given —
June 10, 2003
3 Day
Page 1 of 3
tStegOard Resort
Data QA
Watet The USDA rtquiret use Of WWII] tnalysis for NESBAP
end A RA camilinace. OSHA and TDH do not reco®ohe Ike
ant
use or5071PIQ
composlting.
Sample ID
SampleID
L
p Subf
,.'4 .
on
on-
�' 1Vlacroscppic pit
3 Calibrated
Asbestos
Fibers
Eibcous
Constituen
$ Desatiption (t/o)
Aabtstosf Visual
(%)
(%)
HSN-03-52367
A Yellow mastic 2
pt Estimate I-A
B Beigf~/multi•colond file .93
iYp
ND
TR
0
100
MM: 2
HSN-03-52368
A Yellow mtistic TR
100
B Beige/multi•coloret;file 100
ND
TR
100
EM"3
HSN-03.52369
A Yellow mastic
ND
TR
100
4
B Beige/multi-colored tile" 95
ND
TR
]00
E[M-4
HSN- 03-523'0
A Yellow mastic 2
ND
0
100
B Blat:vWhite file 93
ND
TR
100
HM-S
HSN-03-S2371
A Yellow mastic w/8ray plash a
ND
TR
100
B Blaclr/wliite file 9'S
ND
TR
100
Hsi-6
HSN.03-52372
A Yellow mastic 2
ND
TR
100
B Blaelc/wbite file
ND
�
]10093
HTVI`�
HSN• 33-523 73
A Yellow mastic.
ND
TR'
100
l
B Beir*nulti-colored file 49
i�
]00
"8
HSN- 33-$2374
•
•A Yellow mas:ie
NI?
0
100
3
B Beige/multi-colored file 97
ND
TR
100
ND
TR
100
ND -None De:ectcd
Tit a Trace
Ttpm,Act a Totmolite-Actinolite
Analyst: BSC is
HOMOa Malytical Labottitory Page 2 of 3
A l)iMm oMe Saul Cetporaflan
NVLAP Atcttdllcl Laboratory 8 200473.0
la ilbt illicretsea»v x, TDH Licensed tabaratory 1130.025E
1i /!}�narvcte
HAL Job Number; Standard Report
46-03 284i
Client; Asbestos Consultants, Inc.
Client PONumber — Noae Given --
Client Project Number: 83-096 Data QA
Client Project: — None Giveo -.
Date Samples Received: June 10, 2003 Dote: The USEPA requires r"ifprstratirred antiiyais for NESW
ro Turnaund; 3 Day and AHERA compliance, OSHA and TDR do not r+eco nice the
C ent A L use or samplecompotiting.
Sample ID Sample ID A $ab iT ., - . on on-
Y Macroace7pic Part t AsbestosFibrous
Ii Dacroscopiescription ra Cailbrated Pl(�en1 Constituents
M Aabedtea { visual \O/pi te�0�
T� EHimate('/e)
Wd -9 HSN-03-523?5 A Yellowmastic
B Beige/multi-colocce tle 7R ND TR 100
100 RD TR 100
Hl4i-l0 HSN-03-523?6 A White tape
B White mud w/riWta int 40 ND 99 1
pn- 60 � ND 0 100
Bihi-I1 HSN-03-52377 A Peach/brown drywall
0 B While mud w/white fibrous woven material & 63 ND. 155
while paint 90
"] 2 HSN- 03-5231.8 A Brown drywall paper
B White mud w/whitepaint 7; 98 2
UM-13 ND TR 100
HSN•03-523?9 A Tartmasfio 3
B Bepgc/multi colored linoleum ND TR 100
97 ND 23 77
t3111-I4 HSN-03-52380 A Tatniastit;
B Beigehhulti-eelored linoleum 9 ND TR 100
98 ND 30 70
F1I�i-1 S HSN- 03-52381 A Tan mastic
B Beige/multi-colored linoleum 2 HD TR I00
98 ND 30 74
A7►9-16 HSN- 03-52382 A Wbitg aoalaet
g Yellow insulation S IVD 100
C 13rokrrl/silve r wsa 50 50 90e 10
ND p None AaeFted
ND 70 30
TR . Trace
TrOMACt.- 'R�mollto•�ctinolito
Analyst DSC ' '
P LA
Houston Analytical Laboratory
A Whim of The Soul Corporatlon
WVLAP Acmdltrd Lubortwry # 20 473-0
TDH Ummed Laboratory N.3042M
Polarizedi blight W01919GODIBulkAnalIvIls
HAL Job Number.
06.03.2841
Client:
Asbutos Consultants, Bic.
Client PO Number
"None Given —
Client ProjectNWnber:
03-096
Client Project:
— None Given --
Date S=ples Received:
June 10, 2003
Turnaround:
3 Dar
Page 3-Of 3
Stangard Rgoorrt,
Note: The USTvPA squires use of strotided sasiysis For N$SHAP
and ATEM, compliance. OSHA and 7DH do ,at "ooze for
nt
Sample ID
Sample ID
A Sub
a• a'. I. 4-- 1
Asbestos
Fi on
Y Macroscopic Pad
Calibrated
Fibets
Constituent
13 Descripticn {%�
AeiKsrOs Vistrai
(ON
(%
o �sgmatt(°!v
1lBtrl-1!'►
HSN• 03-52383
A Wbite sealant S
ND
TR
100
B YelloW jusilstioll 35
ND
90
10
C Brownlsilver wrap 60
ND
55
45
HM-18
HSN• 03.52384
A 1Ybite sealant 5
NDI
TR
100
B Brownlailvar wrap 40
70
30
C Yellow insulation S5
!ND
90
10
ND Noao Detected
1R Hass
7iewAet : Tremoliie-Aetinowi
Analyst: Esc 1'
f fr
ASBESTOS CONSULTANTS, INC.
The Woodlands, Texas
Bernstein Investments
St James Place, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77056
Attention: Mr. Blake Feinman
March 16, 2004
ACI Project No. 2004-040
RESULTS OF ASBESTOS SURVEY
VACANT LEASE SPACE LOCATED AT 1200 HARVEY
POST OAK SQUARE SHOPPING CENTER
COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 77845
Introduction
This report presents the results of the asbestos survey performed for the vacant 28,400 square foot lease space located
at 1200 Harvey, in the Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College Station, Texas. This survey was authorized by
Mr. Blake Feinman with Bernstein Investments on March 8, 2004, and performed in general accordance with our
confirmed scope of services.
Purpose and Scope. The purpose of this survey was to determine if asbestos is present in the interior building
materials within the lease space located at 1200 Harvey. The scope of services included performance of the following
tasks:
• Collect and analyze representative samples of suspect asbestos -containing materials, and
• Prepare a report discussing results from laboratory testing and presenting recommendations/conclusions.
Report Organization. This report is divided into sections that discuss the field investigation, laboratory analyses and
results. Supporting documentation follows the text.
Field Survey
The asbestos survey was conducted on March 11, 2004, by Mr. Patrick D. McIntyre, PE, Licensed Asbestos
Consultant (TDH License #10-5331) of Asbestos Consultants, Inc. (TDH Asbestos Consultant Agency License #10-
0120), and included sampling of suspect interior asbestos containing building materials.
Observations
Gray, nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tiles with yellow / black tar mastic was common throughout the main retail
area, rest rooms, back offices, and break room. A clean concrete floor was observed in the back right storeroom.
Interior walls of the main retail area are constructed of nonfriable pegboard over concrete tilt wall. Gypsum board
(Sheetrock) walls with friable dry wall joint compound and textured paint were common to the back offices, rest
rooms, and the front wall in the back right storeroom.
A suspended ceiling with yellow (fiberglass), friable, 24-in. x 48-in. ceiling tiles with a white vinyl exterior was
common throughout the space. The grid for the ceiling was suspended from clean bar joists, structural steel beams,
and a metal roof deck. No fiberglass lay -in batt insulation was present above the suspended tile ceiling.
Fiberglass insulated HVAC metal duct and flex air duct was observed above the suspended tile ceiling. Gray, non -
ACM joint sealer was observed on the joints of select ducts.
P.O. Box 13 t 114 The Woodlands, Tcxas 77393-1114 Tel. No.: (832) 813-0660 Fax. No.: (832) 813-0661
Mr. Blake Feinman March 16.2004
Bernstein Invesbments Project 200 440
For this survey, the following suspect building materials were sampled:
• Nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. floor tiles with black tar mastic, no damage,
• Nonfriable peg board walls (main retail area only) with tan paint, no damage, and
• Nonfriable wall board (gypsum/Sheetrock) with dry wall joint compound and/or paint, no damage.
Sampling. Suspect asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM) are classified as either surfacing, thermal or
miscellaneous materials. Sampling during the field investigation included the collection of twelve bulk samples of
suspect miscellaneous materials. Table 1 presents details of the bulk sample type and location.
All samples were collected in a manner that reduced the potential for fiber release and exposure, using amended water
and personal protective equipment where necessary. After recovery, samples were placed in secure containers for
transport to a laboratory. Appropriate chains of custody protocols were initiated at this time. Sampling of glass and
brick were not included as part of this survey.
Laboratory Analyses
Bulk samples were analyzed by a trained analyst using Polarized Light Microscopy according to the US EPA Interim
Method for the Determination of Asbestos. This technique characterizes the material's refractive indices, fiber
morphology, birefringence, extinction angle, and sign of elongation, and dispersion staining colors to detect asbestos.
Percentage compositions are based on approximate area compositions under a stereomicroscope. The results of the
bulk sample analyses are given in Table 1.
Laboratory analyses results show no asbestos being detected in the nonfriable 9-in. x 9-in. floor tiles (10% to 16%
Chrysotile) beneath the carpeting, ceramic tile, and 12-in. x 12-in. vinyl floor tiles with yellow mastic common to the
lease space ( 1,100 square feet). Original laboratory bulk sample test results are presented at the end of this report.
Conclusions
Based on results of the laboratory analysis, no asbestos is present in the building materials sampled within the
vacant lease space located at 1200 Harvey, in the Post Oak Square Shopping Center, in College Station, Texas.
Limitations
This report presents the results of the asbestos sampling performed for the lease space located at 1200 Harvey in
College Station, Texas. This report describes only conditions present at the time of my survey in the areas surveyed.
Destructive sampling procedures were not used or authorized.
This survey was conducted using standard principles and practices, and the scope of this report is limited to the matters
expressively covered. Asbestos Consultants, Inc. makes no warranties, expressed or implied, including without
limitation, warranties as to the marketability of the site or fitness for a particular use. Information in this report is not,
to be construed as legal advice.
Warranties and liabilities as to the service performed are limited to the cost of the survey. This report and the findings
contained herein shall not, in whole or in part, be dispersed or disclosed to any other party without prior written
consent from Asbestos Consultants, Inc. and/or representatives with Bernstein Investments.
Page 2
Mr. Slake Feinman March 16.2004
Bamstein lnvesbnents Project 2004-"0
Closing
The following table and appendix are attached and complete this report:
Table I Bulk Sample Summary
Appendix I Original Laboratory Test Results
I appreciate the opportunity to provide these services to Bernstein Investments. Please call me at (713) 252-5360 if
you have any questions or require additional information. I'll contact you later this week to discuss the results and
answer any questions that you may have.
*
C:1Reports\2004-040-PostoakSquare-Bemsuin-Svy.doc
Very Truly Yours,
ASBESTOS CONSULTANTS, INC.
Patrick D. McIntyr , E.
Licensed Asbestos C tant (TDH License # 10-5331)
Page 3
TABLE I
TABLE 1- BULK SAMPLE SUMMARY
SAMPLE NO.
DESCRIPTION
ASBESTOS CONTENT
HM-01
White/gray nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. floor file with yellow
No Asbestos Detected
and black tar mastic common throughout the lease space.
No damage. Sample from front of lease space.
HM-02
WhiteJgray nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. floor file with yellow.
No Asbestos Detected
and black tar mastic common throughout the lease space.
No damage. Sample from center of lease space.
HM-03
White/gray nonfriable 12-in. x 12-in. floor the with black tar
No Asbestos Detected
and yellow mastic common throughout the lease space.
No damage. Sample from back of lease space.
HM-04
Brown nonfriable pegboard with cream paint common to
No Asbestos Detected
the four interior walls of the main retail area. No damage.
Sample from front perimeter wall in main retail area.
HM-05
Brown nonfriable pegboard with cream paint common to
No Asbestos Detected
the four interior walls of the main retail area. No damage.
Sample from right perimeter wall in main retail area.
HM-06
Brown nonfriable pegboard with cream paint common to
No Asbestos Detected
the four interior walls of the main retail area. No damage.
Sample from left perimeter wall in main retail area.
HM-07
White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices,
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from left wall in back right
storeroom. (No paint).
HM-08
White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices,
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front wall in back right
storeroom. (No paint).
HM-09
White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices,
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front wall in Men's
rest room.
TABLE 1 - BULK SAMPLE SUMMARY
SAMPLE NO. DESCRIPTION
ASBESTOS CONTENT
HM-10 White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
. No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices,
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front wall in Women's
rest room.
HM-I l White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices,
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front wall in Break
Room.
HM-12 White nonfriable wallboard with dry wall joint compound and
No Asbestos Detected
cream paint common to interior walls in back storeroom, offices;
and rest rooms. No damage. Sample from front wall in back
left main office.
NOTES:
(1) Samples analyzed by Houston Analytical Laboratory (TDH License # 30-0258, NVLAP # 200473-0), a successful
participant in the U.S. EPA Interim Laboratory Accreditation program.
APPENDIX I
ORIGINAL LABORATORY TEST REPORTS
-f
P LA
Polarized LlEht Microscopy Bulk Analysis
Houston Analytical Laboratory
A Division of The Saul Corporation
NVLAP Accredited Laboratory 0 200473-0
TDH Licensed Laboratory i130-0258
HAL Job Number.
03-04-3354
Client:
Asbestos Consultants, Inc.
Client PO Number
— None Given —
Client Project Number:
04-040
Client Project:
— None Given —
Date Samples Received:
March 16, 2004
Turnaround:
3 Day
Page 1 of 1
Standard Report
11_��
Data QA
Note: The USEPA requires use of stradfled analysis for NESHAP
and AHERA compliance. OSHA and TDH do not recogolze the
use of sample compositing.
L
Asbestos Content
Non
Ron
Client
HAL
Sample ID
Sample ID
A Sub
Asbestos
Fibrou
y Macroscopic Part
Calibrated
Fibers
Constituen
E Description (%)
Asbestos Visual
(0/6)
(0/0)
T e Estimate (%)
HSN- 04-62144
A Black mastic w/yellow mastic 3
ND
3
97
HM-1
B Gray granular plaster 5
ND
TR
100
C White/gray tile 92
ND
TR
100
E M-2
HSN- 04-62145
A Yellow mastic w/black mastic 1
ND
2
98
B Whitelgray tile 99
ND
TR
100
KM-3
HSN- 04-62146
A Black mastic w/yellow mastic 3
ND
4
96
B Whitelgray tile 97
ND
TR
100
HM-4
HSN-04-62147
A Brown fibrous material w/cream paint 100
ND
96
4
HM-5
HSN-04-62148
A Brown fibrous material w/cream paint 100
ND
95
5
HM-6
HSN- 04-62149
A Brown fibrous material.w/cream paint 100
ND
95
5
HM-7
HSN-04-62150
A White mud 100
ND
TR
100
HM-8
HSN- 04-62151
A White mud 100
ND
TR
100
HM-9
HSN-04-62152
A White mud w/cream paint 100
ND
TR
100
HM-10
HSN- 04-62153
A White mud w/cream paint 100
ND
TR
100
HM-11
HSN- 04-62154
A White mud w/cream paint 100
ND
0
100
HM-12
HSN- 04-62155
I A White mud w/cream paint 100
1 ND
Ilk,
100
ND -None Detected
TR - Trace
Trem-Act s Tremolite-Actinolite
Analyst: BSC
SECTION 02281
TERMITE CONTROL
PART1- GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE
" A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete all work involved,
in properly poisoning the soil (by chemical treatment, etc.) for all foundations and slab in
grade construction to provide a chemical barrier to protect the building and contents against
attack by subterranean termites.
1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.3. SUBMITTAL OF PRODUCT DATA
A. . Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installations, and recommendations for each
product. Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for
that proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Approved soil chemicals, as a water emulsion at no less than the concentration and volumes
designated are as follows:
1. Chloropyifos (Dursban TC or Cyren TC):1.o% in water solution
2. Permathrin (Dragnet/Torpedo): 0.5% in water emulsion.
B. Materials must be delivered to the job in the original sealed and labeled containers of the
manufacturer.
C. A copy of the proposed materials, along with the supporting data indicating the
manufacturer's recommended application instruction shall be submitted to the Architect for
approval prior to application.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. TIME OF APPLICATION
A. Give sufficient notice to all parties concerned to allow application to be made at least 12 hours
prior to concrete placement. Treatment shall not be made when soil is excessively wet.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 02281
TERMITE CONTROL
_ Application of chemical shall be made only after all preparation for slab placement has been
completed and carefully coordinated by the General Contractor and/or Architect with
sufficient notice to have a representative present to view installation work and cooperate with
the furnishing of substantiating test, etc., verifying percentages of application.
3.2. WORKMANSHIP AND APPLICATION
A. All materials and workmanship shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Provide a blue "spray indicator" mixed with termiticide to indicate treated areas.
B. Application shall be made under the entire surface of the floor slab, beams, around piers, etc.,
as required for a complete chemical treatment. Sidewalks, platforms and any other slabs or
construction abutting the building shall be similarly treated for an area three feet wide
adjacent to the building.
C. Thoroughly saturate with one percent (1%) Chloropyrifos or other approved soil chemicals all
soil under the entire floor slab of the building at the rate of one and one-half (1-1/2) gallons
per 10 square feet; treat beam areas at the rate of four (4) gallons per 10 lineal feet.
D. Treat soil adjacent to the inside of foundation walls and piers, expansion and construction
joints, and all areas of the slab or beams penetrated by construction features, with one percent
(1%) Chloropyrifos chemical or other approved chemicals at the rate of four (4) gallons per
lineal feet.
E. Flood all voids in foundation walls, beams and piers with soil chemicals after forming. Utilize
four (4) gallons per 10 lineal feet. Termiticide must come in contact with the foundation wall.
Applying the termiticide to the outer surface of foundation insulation boards, or protection
boards is not acceptable.
F. Spray plates, base of studs or other frame members in contact with the floor slab or
foundations with chemical treatment as required.
G. Trench 6" x 6" completely around the outside perimeter of the completed foundation. Treat
trench with one percent (1%) Chloropyrifos soil chemical at the rate of two (2) gallons per five
(5) lineal feet, and backfill at the rate of two (2) gallons per five (5) lineal feet.
H. Reapply treatment to areas disturbed by construction activity following application.
3.3• CERTIFICATION AND GUARANTY
A. The subcontractor performing this work shall prepare and forward a notarized statement that
the application of this work has been made in accordance with these specifications and the
manufacturer's instructions.
B. In addition, he shall issue a Perpetual Surety Bond with a damage replacement clause to the
owner warranting that the effectiveness is guaranteed for the period of the bond. Any
evidence of subterranean termite activity or damage to the structure resulting from such
activity within the guaranty period shall be treated and/or repaired at no cost to the owner.
This bond issued shall be for one (1) year, and included in the original cost of the job, and
shall be renewable at standard rates after the first full year (perpetual).
C. All services and material used shall conform to the most current applicable Federal, State and
Local regulations governing their use.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 02520
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
i
PART i -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SCOPE
A. This section addresses the furnishing and placing of portland cement concrete pavement
on prepared sub -grades with reinforcement. Construct pavement of designated thickness
and line grade, and typical cross section, as shown on the drawings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Acknowledgement Letter in Accordance with Section oi300.
B. Submit the following Product Data: Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, Installation
Instructions, with recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that
materials comply with specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete shall be considered of satisfactory quality provided it is made of materials
accepted for the job, mixed, placed, finished and cured in accordance with the
requirements of this specification.
B. Portland Cement
1. The cement shall conform to ASTM specifications C-150 for Type 1, and
specifications for air -entrainment ASTM C-175.
2. If high -early -strength Portland cement is required, it shall conform to ASTM
C-150 for Type III, and current revisions.
B. Aggregates
1. Concrete aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33•
2. Maximum coarse aggregate size shall be 1 1/2" or less, and fine aggregate shall be
clean, washed sand, free of injurious matter.
C. Water
1. Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free of oil, acids, organic
matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than i,000
parts per million of chlorides as Ci, or more than i,000 parts per million of
sulfates as Soo.
2. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not
require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before
use.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
- Page 1 of 4
SECTION 02520
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
<< D. Reinforcing
1. Steel dowel bars, if shown and required on the Plans shall be of the size and
type indicated thereon and shall be open hearth, new billet steel of intermediate
or hard grade conforming to the requirements of ASTM A-615. The free end of
the dowel bars shall be smooth and free of shearing burs.
2. Steel Bar Reinforcing, if shown and required on the Plans, shall be of the size and
type indicated thereon and shall be open hearth new billet steel of structural,
intermediate or hard grade, ASTM A-615, or shall be rail steel concrete
reinforcement bars, ASTM A-16. All steel shall be bent cold. When tie bars are to
be bent, they shall be of structural or intermediate grade.
3. Steel Wire Fabric Reinforcement, if specified, or permitted as an option, shall
conform to the gauge and wire spacing shown on the Plans and the requirements.
of the standard specifications for "Coldrawn Steel Wire for Concrete
reinforcement", ASTM A-82.
4. Longitudinal and transverse wires shall be electrically welded together at all
points of intersection and the welds shall be of sufficient strength that they will
not be broken during handling or placing. All welding and fabrication of the
fabric sheets shall conform to the requirements of the standard specifications for
"Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A-185. Welded
steel wire fabric shall be furnished in flat sheets as per plan dimension and steel
fabric having been previously bundled into rolls will not be accepted. If wire
fabric is used, it will replace only the longitudinal and transverse bars. The tie
bars and load transmission units at joints will not be affected.
E. Steel Chairs
When reinforcing steel, tie bars, dowels, etc., are required, they shall be placed as
shown on the Plans, and held securely in place during placing of concrete by steel
chairs approved by the engineer. These chairs shall be placed at every other
intersection of longitudinal and transverse bars.
F. Curing Compound
1. The membrane curing compound shall be type 2 white pigmented and shall
comply with the requirements of ASTM C-3090. It shall be of such nature that it
shall not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces, nor react
deleteriously with the concrete.
2. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from
the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration.
G. Admixtures
1. No admixture of any type shall be used without written approval of the
Engineer.
2. Fly Ash is not permitted.
2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, joint sealing material shall conform to the
requirements for hot -poured rubber type joint sealer as listed herein. The material shall
adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against
infiltration of water throughout repeated cycles of expansions and contraction. The
material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 4
SECTION 02520
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
B. The material when tested in accordance with SDHPT Test Method Tex-525-C shall meet
the following requirements:
Penetration:
32.F. 200 grams, 6o seconds not less than 0.28 cm
77.F.150 grams, 5 seconds 0.45 to 0.75 cm
Flow:
5 hours, 14o.F. 75 degree incline not more than 0.5 cm
Bond and Extension:
15.17: cycles. There shall be no cracking of the joint sealing material or break in
the bond between the joint materials and the mortar pieces.
2.3 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS AND CONSISTENCY
A. Select proportion of ingredients to produce concrete having proper placability, durability,
strength, appearance, and other required properties. Proportioning of the concrete mix is
the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Design the mix to produce concrete which will have a minimum flexural strength of 3000
psi at 28 days.
C. Concrete Pavement shall be produced with a minimum cement content of 5.0 U.S. bags
per cubic yard.
D. Maximum Water content shall be 6.o gallons of water per U.S. bag of cement.
1. Maximum allowable slump shall be 4" when gauged by standard slump test.
v PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMS
A. Forms shall conform to the shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the plans, and shall
be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied
together so as to maintain shape.
3.2 MIXING
A. The concrete shall be mixed in an approved method conforming to the requirements of
this specification. Ready -mix concrete will be permitted in lieu of the paver -mixer. When
ready -mix concrete is used, provisions of ASTM C-94 Alternate No. 2 will govern. All
materials for concrete placed in pavements shall conform to the requirements of the
governing item of this specification.
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Unless otherwise provided for on the Plans, the full width of the finished pavement shall
be constructed monolithically. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in
successive batches and shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width
of the pavement by shoveling or other approved methods. The placing operation shall be
continuous. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more
f than thirty (30) minutes, a transverse construction joint shall be placed at the point of
work stoppage, provided the point at which work has been suspended is not less than
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 4
SECTION 02520
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
eight feet (8') from the last regularly established joint. If the length is less than eight feet
(8'), the concrete shall be removed back to the last regularly established joint.
B. Special care shall be taken in placing and spading the concrete against the forms and at
all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing.
C. Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by the removal
of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab in which the defect
occurs.
D. Cold Weather Placing
i. No concrete shall be placed when the air temperature is less than forty (40)
degrees Fahrenheit or when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing
temperatures prior to final set, unless permission to do so is granted by the
Engineer in writing.
2. When and if such permission is granted, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient
protective material and devices to enclose and protect the fresh concrete in such a
way as to maintain the temperature of the air surrounding the fresh concrete at
not less than fifty (5o) degrees Fahrenheit for a period of at least five (5) days.
3. No concrete shall be placed on a frozen sub -grade.
4. It is to be distinctly understood that the Contractor is responsible for the quality
and strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions.
3.4 CURING
A. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the entire
curing period. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed will be considered as
sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations. The curing method
as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other commonly used methods
of curing, and the engineer may approve them if so required by the Contractor. If any
selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the Engineer shall have the
right to order that another method of curing be instituted. Immediately after the
finishing of the surface, the pavement shall be covered with a continuous, uniform, water -
impermeable coating. The impermeable coating shall be of type specified in Section
0330o. After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating
before earth is banked against them. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a
spray nozzle, in such a manner as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and
completely with a uniform film.
B. The rate of application shall be such as to insure complete coverage and shall not exceed
two -hundred (200) square feet per gallon of curing compound. When thoroughly dry, it
shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free from cracks or pinholes, and shall
not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the curing period. If for any reason the seal
is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately repaired with additional
sealing solution.
3.5 WARRANTY
A. All concrete pavement shall be warranted for two years against becoming unserviceable
as a result of faulty materials or improper workmanship.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 4
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART i-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes form materials, waterstops and accessories, required to form
cast -in -place concrete and maintain structural integrity until stripping. Accessory devices
for concrete control, expansion and contraction jointing are included in Section 03300.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301- Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork
D. ANSI/ASME A17.1- Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving
Walks
E. PS 1- Construction and Industrial Plywood.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and
code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.
B. Forms shall be true to line and using a laser for instrument level.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347 and ACI 301.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork.
D. Design formwork for loads, lateral pressures and allowable stresses in accordance with
ACI 347•
E. Design camber into formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection during concrete
placement where necessary to maintain specified tolerances.
F. Design formwork to allow removal without damage to concrete surfaces.
G. Contractor is responsible for determining when temporary supports, shores, backshores
and other bracing may be safely removed.
H. Unless otherwise scheduled or specified, formwork shall be used to form cast -in -place
concrete elements.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 6
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Where soil is in stable enough condition that it can be shaped to a true and straight
surface without caving or sloughing, the following members may be cast against neat cut
excavations:
1) Unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs.
2) Sides of footings.
J. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer
experienced in design of this work and licensed in the state where the Project is located.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Utilize these procedures when void forms are included:
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site avoiding damage. Store materials in
accordance with manufacturers instructions with seals and labels intact and legible.
B. Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging.
C. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from
moisture.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Notify Owner and Architect at least 48 hours prior to completion of formwork so that the
formwork may be observed. Reinforcing steel or concrete shall not be placed until forms
have been observed.
B. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of
components to formwork.
C. Coordinate block -out sizes for rough openings for other work.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 6
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
2.2 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Framing: Kiln dried softwood lumber, PS 20
B. Smooth Forms:
1) Construct formwork with plywood; tempered, concrete -form hard board; dressed
lumber with plywood or fiberboard lining; metal; plastic; or metal framed
plywood -faced panel material to provide continuous, straight smooth surfaces.
Form material shall be free of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches,
dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize the
number of joints. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to
withstand the pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection.
2) Use smooth forms on interior and exterior concrete surfaces exposed to view in
the completed structure, including exterior face of grade beams.
3) Unless otherwise shown or specified, as a mimimum use plywood complying with
U.S. Product Standards PS-i, "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood" Class I, Exterior
Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge -sealed, with each piece bearing legible
trademark or an approved inspection agency.
C. Rough Forms:
1) Construct forms of dressed or underdressed lumber free of knots, splits or other
defects; plywood; metal; or other acceptable material. Material shall have
sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete
without bow or deflection.
2) Rough forms may be used on concrete surfaces that will not be exposed to view in
completed structure unless noted otherwise.
D. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal type with bearing plates and with double wedges at
bottom.
E. Carton Forms:
1) Corrugated fiberboard box forms fabricated of natural Kraft with liners and
medium, completely impregnated with a polyethylene wax blend, and laminated
with a waterproof adhesive. Boxes assembled with steel strappings.
2) Forms shaped to design and dimensions as indicated for formed voids.
3) Forms capable of supporting weight of concrete plus a live load of 20 psf.
2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Factory fabricated, adjustable length, removable or snap -off metal ties,
designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon
removal. Provide ties so that portion remaining within concrete is at least 1-1/2 in. from
outer surfaces. Provide water seal feature on ties used to form grease trap and bar screen
structures.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb
moisture or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on
concrete.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 6
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
C. Rustications, Bevels, Chamfers: Mill from Northern White Pine, smooth and free of
irregularities. Preformed PVC strips may be used for corner chamfers.
D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient
strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions
agree with drawings.
3.2 EARTH FORMS
A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms.. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete.
3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with
requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to
over stressing by construction loads.
C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage
concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated
on Drawings.
F. Provide chamfer strips in forms to bevel exposed edges and corners of members. Edges
of formed joints and interior corners shall not be beveled unless shown or specified
otherwise.
G. Areas of floor which are to be sloped to floor drains or depressed shall be formed out and
filled with sand before areas of level floor have been placed.
H. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms
from moisture or crushing.
3.4 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive [special finishes]
[or] [applied coverings] which are effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated
forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 6
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through
concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets,
recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work.
D. Coat aluminum conduits, pipes and inserts embedded in structural concrete with heavy
bituminous coating to prevent aluminum -concrete reaction or electrolytic action between
aluminum and steel.
E. Position recessed reglets for brick veneer masonry anchors to spacing and intervals
specified in Section 04300.
F. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and
plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
G. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints
watertight.
H. Place joint filler in expansion joints. Place bond breaker in control joints where
scheduled.
I. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning
and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.
J. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and
neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.6 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that
water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports.
D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts.
Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed
within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
B. Construct and align formwork for elevator hoistway in accordance with ANSI/ASME
A17.1.
C. Camber slabs and beams 1/4-inch per to feet in accordance with ACI 301.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 6
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with.
formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
B. Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse.
C. Do not reuse wood formwork that is worn or damaged. Do not patch formwork.
3.9 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its
own weight and imposed loads.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete
surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not
be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
D. In no case shall forms be removed in less than 7 days except:
1) Formwork for walls, sides of beams, and other parts not supporting weight of
concrete may be removed after 24 hours provided that concrete has hardened
sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations an provided the removal of
these forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete.
2) Formwork under beam soffits and structural elements unless noted otherwise -
;y io days.
3) Formwork at slabs - 7 days.
E. Contractor, at his option and risk, may remove formwork after 7 full days have elapsed
after completion of concrete placement, provided that in -place concrete has attained 75
percent of its specified 28 days ultimate compressive strength. At the Contractor's
expense, provide testing and verification of required specified concrete compressive
strengths.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 6
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
�.�1uiu001A
A. This section includes reinforcing steel and required supports, for cast -in -place concrete.
B. Reinforcing steel bars, dowels, wire fabric and accessories for cast -in -place concrete.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301- Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.
D. ANSI/ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
E. ANSI/ASTM A184 - Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
F. ANSI/ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
G . ANSI/ASTM A496 - Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
H. ANSI/ASTM A497 - Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
I. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
J. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
K. ASTM A616 - Rail Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
L. ASTM A617 - Axle Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
M. ASTM A7YY04 - Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
N. ASTM A7o6 - Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
O. ASTM A767 - Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
P. ASTM A775 - Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars.
Q. ASTM D3963 - Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel.
R. AWS D12.1- Welding Reinforcement Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced
Concrete Construction.
S. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Manual of Practice.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 5
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
T. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars.
U. ASTM A884 - Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice ACI 301, ACI 315-
go, and ACI 318-95•
B. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Design reinforcement under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer .
experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State where the Project is located.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store steel reinforcement above ground on platforms, skids or other supports.
B. Protect reinforcing, as far as practicable, from mechanical injury, surface deterioration
and oxidation caused by exposure to weather.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
Unless otherwise noted or indicated on the Drawings, reinforcing steel shall conform to the
following:
A. Reinforcing Steel, #4 and larger: ASTM A615, 6o ksi.
B. Reinforcing Steel, #2 and #3: ASTM A615, 4o ksi.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 5
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
C. Smooth Steel Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 6o, or ASTM A675, Grade 70 for bars shown on
the Drawings as smooth bars.
D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 furnished in flat sheets only.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed steel.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of
reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on
bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture.
C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete
Surfaces: Plastic coated steel or Stainless steel] type; size and shape as required.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice ACI 318
ANSI/ASTM A184.
B. Fabricate bars to the spaces shown on Drawings by cold bending. Bends shall conform to
minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318. Do not straighten or rebend bars without
specific approval.
C. Locate splices as shown on Drawings. Where it is necessary to splice reinforcement at
locations other than shown on Drawings, splices shall be approved by Engineer. Use a
minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in
adjacent. Length of lap splices shall be in accordance with ACI 318 unless shown
otherwise.
D. Reinforcing shall be continuous through construction joints unless detailed otherwise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean reinforcement free of scale, loose or flaky rust or other foreign material, including
oil, mud or coating that will reduce bond to concrete.
3.2 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from
required position.
B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.
C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
D. Interference's: If reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel, conduits
or embedded items, bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter,
whichever is greater. If greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference, notify
Cthe Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduits, mechanical openings
or other items without approval of Engineer.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 5
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
E. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as follows unless otherwise shown:
Item Minimum Coverage
Interior not exposed to weather:
Slabs and walls 3/4 inch
Beams and girders 1-1/2 inch
Item Minimum Coverage
Exterior formed surfaces exposed to earth or weather:
#5 and smaller bars 1 1/2 inch
#6 thru #18 bars 2 inch
Footings:
Top 2 inch
Bottom and sides 3 inch
Surfaces cast against and permanently exposed
to earth: 3 inch
F. Placement in Forms:
1) Use spacers, chairs, wire ties and other accessory items necessary to properly
assemble, space and support reinforcing.
2) Provide accessories of sufficient number, size and strength to adequately prevent
deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete
placement.
3) Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other
embedded items.
4) Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection and to accessories. Blocking
reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited.
G. Placement for Concrete on Ground:
1) Support reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases spaced approximately 3
feet o.c. each way. Use a minimum of one support for each 9 sq. ft. Tie supports
to reinforcing bars.
H. Expansion Joints:
2) Do not extend reinforcement through expansion joint.
3) Where shown or scheduled, install smooth steel bar dowels in expansion joints.
Felt wrap one end of dowels.
4) Provide polyethylene plastic slip cover over one end of dowel.
I. Welded Wire Fabric:
1) Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh plus 2 inches or 6 inches, which ever is larger, and lace splices with
wire.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 Of
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
2) Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams
of continuous structures.
3) Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps.
J. Field Bending:
1) Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to meet requirements of
the Drawings. Bars shall be cold -bent; do not heat bars.
2) Closely examine reinforcing for breaks. If reinforcing is damaged, replace,
Cadweld or otherwise repair as directed by Testing Laboratory.
3) Do not bend reinforcing after it is embedded in concrete.
K. Field Cutting: Field cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with a
cutting torch unless approved by Architect/Engineer.
L. Welding: Welding of reinforcement bars is prohibited.
3.3 GROUTING OF REINFORCING BARS
A. When required and approved by the Architect, use approved epoxy grout for anchoring
reinforcing steel to hardened concrete in accordance with grout manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Drill hole in existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Immediately prior to installation of the reinforcing bar, clean hole free of debris using
compressed air.
C. Partially fill hole with epoxy. Use enough epoxy so that when bar is inserted, epoxy grout
will completely fill hole around dowel.
D. Dip end of reinforcing bar in epoxy and install into partially filled hole.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspections may be performed by the Architect, Owner or his / her representatives
at any time with or without notice.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 5
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
PART i-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.
This section includes cast -in -place or in site concrete for structural building frame, slabs on
fill or grade and other concrete components associated with building. This section relies on
incorporation of ACI 3oi by direct reference.
B.
This section includes integral accessory control, expansion and contraction joint devices to
encourage concrete cracldng and movement to occur at predetermined locations. Water
stops and other form accessories are included in Section 03100.
C.
Cast -In -Place Concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water, admixtures;
designed, proportioned, mixed, placed and cured.
D.
Types of cast -in -place concrete specified: Normal weight concrete.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS -
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
9
A. ACI 301- Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete.
D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
E. ACI 3o6R - Cold Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
G. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
H. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
I. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete.
J. ASTM C15o - Portland Cement.
K. ASTM C26o - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
L. ASTM C330 - Light Weight Aggregates For Structural Concrete.
M . ASTM C494 -.Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
t.
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
B. Mill Certificates are required for bulk cement.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product data sheets on joint devices, attachment
_ accessories, admixtures and bonding agents.
D. Design Mixes:
1) Submit test data on proposed design mixes for each type of concrete in the
project including each strength class and any variations in either fly ash source
and quantity, admixture, aggregate source or maximum coarse aggregate size.
The mix is to be proportioned by one of the following three methods as outlined
in ACI 318:
a. Field Experience Method
b. Laboratory Trial Batch Method
C. ACI 318 - Table 5.4
2) Submittals shall include: type and brand of cement used, mixed design
proportions, brand, type and amount of each admixture, slump, amount of
entrained air, aggregate sources, gradations, specific gravity and coarse aggregate
dry rodded unit weight, total water (including moisture in aggregate),
water/cement ratio, and compressive strength test results for 7 and 28 days.
3) Review and acceptance of mix design does not relieve Contractor of his
responsibility to provide concrete of quality and strength required by the
Contract Documents.
E. Quality Control Submittals:
1) Air -Entraining Admixture Requirements: Manufacturer's instructions to control
percent of air content under every condition, including temperature variations
and presence of other admixtures.
2) Admixture Requirements: Manufacturer's data confirming that admixtures
proposed for use on project conforms to specifications to produce a uniform,
workable concrete mix.
3) Aggregate Test Reports: Test data confirming that aggregate proposed for use on
project conforms to specifications.
4) Hot and Cold Weather Concrete Plan: Proposed plans for hot and cold weather
concrete. Review and acceptance of proposed procedure will not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for the quality of finished product.
5) Jointing Layout: Proposed layout of construction and control joints if different
than as shown on the plans. Identify each type of joint in layout.
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface
required with adjacent Work.
G. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
H. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
1.5 . PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that are
concealed from view.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Concrete construction shall conform to Building Code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete, ACI 318.
C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
D. Provide necessary controls during evaluation of materials, mix designs, production and
delivery of concrete, placement, compaction, finishing and curing necessary to assure that
work will be accomplished in such a manner as to produce the work in accordance with
Contract Documents.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements:
1) Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow unless written approval has been
obtained from Engineer.
2) Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
3) Conform to ACI 3o6R when concreting during cold weather.
4) No concrete shall be placed when the air temperature is less than forty (40)
degrees Fahrenheit or when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing
temperatures prior to final set, unless permission to do so is granted by the
Engineer in writing.
1.8 FIELD SAMPLES
A. Construct and erect a field sample for architectural concrete surfaces receiving special
treatment or finish as result of formwork.
B. Sample Panel: Sufficient size to indicate special treatment or finish required.
C. If requested by Architect/Engineer, cast concrete against sample panel. Obtain
acceptance of resultant surface finish prior to erecting formwork.
D. Accepted sample panel is considered basis of quality for the finished work. Keep sample
panel exposed to view for duration of concrete work.
E. Accepted sample may not remain as part of the Work.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAIQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
1.9 COORDINATION
A. A pre -placement meeting shall be conducted at the job prior to placement of any floor
slab. In attendance shall be the Owner, representatives of the Contractor, the concrete
sub -contractor, the electrical and plumbing sub -contractors.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and
placement of form accessories.
C. Coordinate schedules of concrete pours to allow adequate time for installation of other
related work.
D. Verify that anchor bolts and other embedded items to be cast into concrete are properly
placed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C15o, Type I - Normal
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33•
C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330.
D. Water: Clean potable water.
2.3 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C26o.
1) All exterior concrete walks and drives shall be placed with air -entrained concrete.
Sufficient air -entraining agent shall be used to reduce the weight of the concrete
by 6 percent to 8 percent.
B. Concrete admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494• Calcium chloride or other
accelerating admixtures are prohibited.
C. Fly Ash or other Calcinated Pozzolan are prohibited.
2.4 CONCRETE MIX
A. All concrete work shall comply with the latest code requirements and the American
Concrete Institute. All concrete shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength as
specified or as governed by requirements indicated on the Drawings.
B. Batch time to Placement time shall not exceed 6o minutes for any reason.
\' C. The compressive strength of the concrete shall be as specified unless indicated otherwise
on the Drawings and shall have a minimum of 5 sack mix per cubic yard.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
D. Water/Cement Ratio = .50 maximum.
E. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI301 Method 2
F. Provide concrete to the following criteria unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings:
Item StrengLh Slump (Max/Min) Thickness
Drilled Footings Refer to Structural Drawings and Specifications
Footings Refer to Structural Drawings and Specifications
Grade Beams/Walls Refer to Structural Drawings and Specifications
Slabs/Precast Panels Refer to Structural Drawings and Specifications
Floors 3,000 psi 4 inch/1 inch 4-1/2 inch
Sidewalks 3,000 psi 4 inch/1 inch 4 inch
Dumpster Pad 3,500 psi 4 inch/1 inch 7 inch
G. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer.
Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.
H. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by
Architect/Engineer.
I. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions:
10 Correct unsatisfactory work prior to pouring concrete.
2) Remove ice and excess water from excavations and formwork.
3) Remove rubbish from formwork immediately prior to placing concrete.
B. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
r
C. Verify that anchors, inserts, seats, plates, reinforcement, pipes, conduits, sleeves,
hangers, dampproofing, jointing and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately
placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding
agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing
concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout.
C. Notify Owner and Testing Laboratory at least 48 hours in advance of scheduled pour to
allow time for adequate observations.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 3oi, ACI 302, ACI 304, ACI 318 and as herein
specified.
B. The testing lab shall verify that the floor slab meets or exceeds the following
specifications:
1. Required Testing Standards:
Maximum Variations of surface flatness:
1/8" in any 1' direction
1/4" in any lo' direction
Any floor slab areas that do not meet this specification of flatness and levelness
shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the concrete sub -contractor.
C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction joints,
are not disturbed during concrete placement.
D. Floors on grade shall be laid on a 4" (+/-1") level, non -expansive granular fill material
which shall be damp prior to concrete placement: If material becomes saturated with
water, it must be dried prior to placing concrete.
E. Install to mill polyolefin vapor barrier under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints
minimum 6 inches and seal watertight by taping edges and ends with red polyethylene
tape.
F. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with
vapor barrier material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight by
taping edges and ends.
G. The contractor must use a ten foot (10') straight edge, minimum, to check the smoothness
while the concrete is still in the plastic state.
H. All interior level concrete floors shall be poured using a power screed and the proper
forms. The concrete shall be poured in strips running either front to back or side to
alternating side of the store. All electrical penetrations in the slab shall be blocked out
and poured back after the adjacent floor is poured. No butt floats are to be used. There is
no limit to the number of strips that can be poured, however, the width must be covered
by a single continuous power screed.
I. Floating and Troweling: Concrete shall be distributed by shoveling and consolidation by
vibration or other suitable means. Rakes, "Jitterbugs" and roller tamps are not
permitted.
1) Bullfloats shall be used to smooth the surface, leaving it free of lumps
and hollows.
2) Concrete shall not be worked until ready for floating. All surface or bleed
water shall be removed before floating begins. Floating shall be
accomplished with power trowel machines using float shoes. Floating shall
begin when the mix has stiffened enough to support the weight of the
troweling equipment and operator.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 6 of to
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3) It may be necessary to perform two power floatings to bring the surface to the
desired condition for power troweling. `
4) Both power and hand troweling shall be required. Power troweling shall
begin as soon as little or no cement paste clings to the blades. For the first
troweling the trowel blades must be kept as flat as possible against the
surface. This will help to avoid a "washboard" or "chatter" surface. A
minimum of two power trowelings shall be accomplished at the correct time
interval for the floor surface.
5) Troweling shall continue until the surface is dense, smooth, free of all minor
blemishes and trowel marks.
6) Final hand troweling shall be required to close any pin holes or eliminate
minor blemishes bringing the surface to a dense, smooth, polished finish.
J. Joint Conditions:
1) Joints shall be made with pre -formed metal construction joints equal to Keyed
Kold Joint Form by Burke Co. Surface of concrete at joints in areas that do not
receive tile shall be smooth without grooves at the joints. Cooler floors that are
sloped to drain, must be formed properly such that panel walls rest fully
supported and flush.
2) Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3) Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern
placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement
by wet concrete.
4) Install joint device anchors. Maintain correct position to allow joint cover to be
flush with floor finish.
5) Install joint covers in longest practical length, when adjacent construction
activity is complete.
6) Apply sealants in joint devices in accordance with Section 07920.
K. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with 1/2 inch thick joint filler.
L. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch of finished slab surface.
Conform to Section 07920 for finish joint sealer requirements.
M. Jointing Patterns: If Drawings indicate jointing patterns, utilized the guidelines as
follows:
1) Place floor slabs in checkerboard or saw cut pattern indicated.
2) Saw cut joints: Cut joints within 24 hours after placing. Use 3/16 inch thick
blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness.
N. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature,
and test samples taken.
O. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction
joints.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 7 of 10
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
P. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
Q. Screed floors and slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/8 inch
in io feet in any direction when measured with metal straight edge. If variations greater
than this exist, the contractor shall grind the floor to bring the surface within the level
requirements. Patching or filling of low spots shall not be permitted.
3.4 SEPARATE FLOOR TOPPINGS
A. Prior to placing floor topping, roughen substrate concrete surface and remove deleterious
material. Broom and vacuum clean.
B. Place required dividers, edge strips, reinforcing and other items to be cast in.
C. Apply sand and cement slurry coat on base course by scrubbing into the surface,
immediately prior to placing toppings. Do not allow grout to set or dry before the topping
is placed.
D. Place concrete floor toppings to required lines and levels. Place topping in checkerboard
panels, dimension not to exceed 20 feet.
E. Screed toppings level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/8 inch in io feet.
3.5 SIDEWALKS AND CURBS
A. Provide sidewalks as indicated on plans with contraction and expansion joints. Provide
concrete ramps as indicated from finished sidewalk, down to finished parking lot surface.
See plan for number of ramps and locations. Ramps should slope to conform to OSHA &
ADA requirements.
B. ALL exterior concrete ramps shall have non -slip finish
C. Cast in place sidewalk curbs across front of store shall be as noted on drawings.
3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. All interior floors (except as indicated shall receive a smooth, hard steel trowel finish free
t of any trowel marks or other imperfections.
3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or
cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for
period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Cure concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 3o8 and to the requirements of
Section 03370.
D. All interior concrete floor work shall be coated with a curing compound. Application shall
be in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. The Contractor shall be held responsible in all of the above work to insure that the floors
are acceptable for the application of the surface material.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 8 of io
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and under
provisions of Section 01405.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for
review prior to commencement of Work.
D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified
requirements.
E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every ioo cubic yards of concrete or
fraction thereof, for each class of concrete placed and not less than one test for each day's
pour of each class of concrete.
F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concrete placing, cured on
job site under same conditions as concrete it represents.
G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
H. Construction superintendent shall be available during concrete placement for notification
by Testing Lab if any materials do not meet (or exceed) the requirements of the
Specifications for the Work.
3.9 PATCHING
A. Allow Architect/Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of.
forms.
B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Architect/Engineer upon discovery.
C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301
3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions,
tolerances or specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect/Engineer
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express
direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area.
PART 4 - INSPECTIONS
4.1 GENERAL
A. Refer to Section 01405 for number of tests that must be performed per cubic yards of
concrete.
B. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with current ASTM C-31.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 9 of io
a
SECTION 03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
C. Samples from which compressive test specimens are molded shall be secured in
accordance with ASTM C-172.
D. Contractor shall notify testing laboratory 48 hours prior to a placement of concrete in
order for technician to complete mix and slump test and to check floor flatness after
finishing.
4.2 CYLINDER TESTING
A. Each test shall consist of not less than three standard 6" x 12" cylinders.
B. The standard age of test shall be 28 days, but 7 day tests may be used provided the
relation between the 7 day and 28 day strengths of the concrete is established by tests for
the materials and proportions used.
C. The cylinders shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C-39•
4.3 ENFORCEMENT OF STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
A. When concrete fails to conform to strength requirements or when test of field -cured
cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing; the Owner may require cored
cylinder tests in accordance with ASTM C-42.
B. If such tests confirm that strength requirements have not been met, load tests made in
( .. accordance with A.C.I.318 may be required by the Architect.
C. If the above tests indicate the necessity, the defective parts shall be removed and
replaced, or shall be reinforced as directed by the Architect at Contractor's expense,
including cost of tests.
D. If such tests indicate that the structure adequately meets specification requirements, the
test results of defective cylinders will be waived and the cost of tests will be paid for the
contractor.
4.4 SLUMP TESTS
A. Tests for slump shall be made at the place of deposit in accordance with ASTM C-143•
B. Tests shall be made periodically where cylinders are made, and as often in the opinion of
the Owner when a change in consistency of the concrete mix is noted.
C. Unless otherwise noted or specified, the slump shall be within the limits for vibrated
concrete as indicated in 2.3.F.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page io of io
SECTION 03370
CONCRETE CURING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301- Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 302 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
D. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.
B. Applicator: Experienced in application of specified products.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver curing materials in original sealed manufacturer's packaging with seal and labels
intact, and including application instructions. Store in cool dry place.
B. Use materials out of original containers only.
C. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
D. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of g
SECTION 03370
CONCRETE CURING
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Curing Compounds: Curing compounds shall be one of the following:
1) Gifford -Hill & Co., Inc - "Sealco 309"
2) Maximent Co. - "Maxseal"
3) West Chemical Products- "Concrete Floor Treatment"
4) Hillyard Chemical Co. - "Chem -Seal"
5) Sonneborn Building Products - "Kure-N-Seal"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured.
3.2 CURING PROCEDURES
A. Cure surfaces in accordance with ACI 3o8.
B. Objective: Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying and excessively hot
or cold temperatures. Maintain a minimum loss and a relatively constant temperatures.
Maintain a minimum loss and a relatively constant temperature during time necessary for
hydration of cement and proper hardening of concrete.
C. After placing and finishing operation, maintain concrete above 5o degrees F and in a
moist condition for at least 7 days by application of curing compound.
D. All interior concrete floor work shall be coated with curing compound.
E. Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
F. Duration of Curing: Continue curing until cumulative number of days or fractions of days
during which ambient temperature is above 5o degrees F has totaled 7 days. Prevent
rapid drying at end of curing period.
G. Formed Surfaces: Minimize moisture loss from steel forms heated by sun and wood forms
in contact with concrete by keeping forms wet during final curing period.
H. Temperature:
1) Cold Weather: When mean daily temperature of atmosphere is less than 40
degrees F, maintain ambient temperature of concrete between 5o degrees and 70
degrees for the required curing period. When necessary, make arrangements for
heating, covering, insulation or housing concrete work in advance of placement
to maintain required temperature and moisture conditions without injury. When
combustion heaters are necessary in an enclosed or protected area where
concrete slabs are being placed, vent heaters.
2) Hot Weather: When necessary, make arrangements for installation of
windbreaks, shading, fog spraying or wet covering of light color in advance of
placement. Take such protection measures as quickly as concrete hardening and
finishing operations will allow.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 03370
CONCRETE CURING
3) Temperature changes: Control changes in temperatures of concrete at a rate as
uniform as possible. Do not permit a temperature change to exceed 5 degrees F
in any one hour or 5o degrees F in any 24-hour period.
3.3 CURING COMPOUND APPLICATION
A. Apply curing compound as soon as concrete surfaces begin initial set after finishing.
B. Spray compound on surfaces using two coats, applying second at right angle to first, at
rate of 400 sq. ft. per gallon.
C. Restrict traffic on surfaces during cure.
3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Protect finished Work.
B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes a general overview of the masonry requirements for the Project.
Refer to Exterior Elevations and Plans for extent of masonry on Project.
B. This section includes reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories associated with the
masonry work on the Project.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures
B. ACI 530.1- Specifications for Masonry Structures
C. ASTM a82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement
D. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
E. ASTM A525 — Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process
F. ASTM A641- Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
G. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council: Recommended Practices
and Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Council.
H. UL - Fire Resistance Directory
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Acknowledgement Letter in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, Installation Instructions,
and recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with specified requirements.
C. Field Mock -Up Panel: Construct Mock -Up Panel including all exterior materials in
accordance with the Architect's direction and Section 01300.
D. Samples
1. Submit full size samples of each different exposed masonry unit required
showing full range of exposed color, texture, and dimensions, to be expected in
completed construction.
2. Submit Colored Mortar Samples showing full extent of colors available.
3. Submit samples of accessories that will be embedded into the masonry.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page I of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
E. Material Certificates - Submit statements signed by the Manufacturer and Contractor
certifying that each material complies with the requirements.
1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout including name of
manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery.
2. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars.
3. Each type and size of joint reinforcement.
4. Each type and size of anchors, ties, and metal accessories.
F. Material Test Reports - Submit results from a qualified independent testing laboratory
indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with the project
requirements. (Any cost associated is the Contractor's Responsibility.)
1. Mortar complying with property requiremets of ASTM C 270.
2. Grout mixes (include description of type and proportions of grout)
3. Masonry Units
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single -Source Responsibility for Masonry Units
1. Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend
within the ranges accepted for those characteristics, from one manufacturer for
each different product required for each continuos surface or visually related
surfaces..
B. Single -Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials
1. Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed
masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one
source and producer for each aggregate.
C. Field Constructed Mock-ups
1. Prior to installation of unit masonry, erect sample wall panels to further verify
selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as
well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mock-ups to comply with the
following requirements using materials indicated for final unit of Work
a. Protect Mock-ups from the elements with weather -resistant membrane.
b. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in undisturbed
condition as standard for judging completed unit masonry construction.
C. When directed, demolish and remove mock-ups from Project Site.
1.7 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Deliver Materials to project site in undamaged condition.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1. Store and handle masonry units off the ground, undercover, and in dry location
to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes,
contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not place
until units are in an air-dried condition.
2. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.
3. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be
maintained and contamination avoided.
4. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent corrosion and
accumulation of dirt and oil.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with
waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when
construction is not in progress.
1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in
place.
2. Where one wythe or multi-wythe masonry wall is completed in advance of other
wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to un-constructed
wythe and hold cover in place.
B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be
left exposed or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that come in
contact with such masonry.
1. Protect base of walls from rain -splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall face.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings and falling debris
from construction above. Any damaged pieces will be removed and replaced at
the contractor's expense.
3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with
painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings.
C. Environmental Requirements
Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 4o degrees F
prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
2. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to maximum go degrees F
prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Refer to the following sections for specific materials related to but not indicated in this section.
A. Section 04100 - Mortar and Masonry Grout
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
B. Section 04405 — Cast Stone work
C. Section 04410 — Stone Units.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; steel wire, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A641 after
fabrication, standard weight 9 gauge, "Dur-O-Wall" or approved equal.
B. Triangular Wall Ties: Hot -dipped galvanized steel, 3/16" diameter sufficient to embed at
least 1-1/2 inches into each wythe with a maximum of 5/8 inch mortar cover on the
exterior side.
C. Masonry Wall Ties to Steel: Wire Bond type II-1o1, hot -dipped galvanized, 9 inches long
by 3/4 inches wide, 12 gage anchors screwed to structural steel studs.
D. Anchorage to concrete substrate: Stainless Steel Mushroom Head Spike Type 316, 3/16" x
1.25" as manufactured by Powers Fasteners, Inc. (formerly Rawlplug Company, Inc.)
2.3 FLASHING
A. Plastic Flashings: Sheet polyethylene; 20 mil thick.
B. Pre -coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G9o; 26 gage core steel, shop pre -coated with
color as selected.
C. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G90 finish, 26 gage core steel.
D. Lap Sealant: Butyl type where indicated on drawings.
E. Refer to Section 07600 for additional requirements.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Filler: Refer to Section 07920.
B. Building Paper: No. 3o Asphalt saturated felt.
C. Cleaning Solution:
1. All exposed masonry work shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mortar stains,
drippings, discoloration, efflorescence, and other new construction stains.
2. Clean surfaces with water, stiff brush and/or approved cleaning agent as required
X. NO HIGH PRESSURE SPRAY will be allowed.
4. If a detergent masonry cleaner is required, it shall be Sure Klean 600 by ProSoCo
or approved equal.
5. Cleaning shall be done as job progresses, consistent with the best practices of
Basic Masonry Materials and Methods.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other sections.
B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until
building structure provides permanent bracing.
3.3 COURSING
A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.
B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of
uniform thickness.
C. Concrete Masonry Units: NONE THIS PROJECT
D. Brick Units (King Size): NONE THIS PROJECT
3.4 PLACING AND BONDING
A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with
other work.
B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.
C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted.
D. Remove excess mortar as Work progresses.
E. Interlock intersections and external corners.
F. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment
must be made, remove mortar and replace.
G. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean,
unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.
H. Isolate top joint of masonry walls from horizontal structural framing members and slabs
or decks with compressible joint filler.
I. All work to be performed in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and the
best accepted standards of the trade. Perform all work in safest manner possible.
J. Provide full mortar coverage on vertical and horizontal cells of all concrete block.
K. Lay masonry plumb, true to line, with level, accurately spaced courses; keep bond
plumb.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
L. Point and fill holes and cracks in. exposed joints with mortar at completion of work.
3.5 WEEPS
A. Install weeps in veneer at 30 inches o.c. horizontally above through -wall flashing, above
shelf angles and lintels, and at bottom of walls.
3.6 CAVITY BEHIND VENEER
A. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weeps.
3.7 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches o.c.
B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below
openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.
C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls.
D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum of 6 inches.
E. Secure wall ties to stud framed back-up and in embed dovetail slots at maximum 16
inches o.c. vertically and i6 inches o.c. horizontally. Place at maximum 3 inches o.c. each
way around perimeter of openings, within 12 inches of openings
F. Reinforce joint comers and intersections with galvanized strap anchors 16 inches o.c.
3.8 MASONRY FLASHING
A. Extend flashings horizontally at foundation walls, above ledge or shelf angles and lintels,
under parapet caps, and at bottom of walls.
B. Turn flashing up minimum 8 inches and seal to concrete or seal to sheathing over steel
stud back-up.
C. Lap end joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight.
D. Turn flashing, fold, and seal at comers, bends, and interruptions.
3.9 LINTELS
A. Install loose steel lintels over openings. Refer to Structural drawings.
B. Maintain minimum 6 inches bearing on each side of opening.
3.10 CONTROL (AND EXPANSION) JOINTS
A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints.
B. Form control joint with a sheet building paper bond breaker fitted to one side of the
hollow contour end of the block unit. Fill the resultant elliptical core with grout fill. Rake
joint at exposed unit faces for placement of backer rod and sealant.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 7
SECTION 04050
MATERIALS AND METHODS
C. Size control joint in accordance with Section 07920 for sealant performance.
3.11 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch.
B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in io feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or
more.
C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4, inch per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch in two
stories or more.
D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing:1/8 inch in 3 feet and 1/4 inch in io feet; 1/2
inch in 30 feet.
E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet.
3.12 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit for conduit and sleeves. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide
correct size, shape, and location.
B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where
appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.13 CLEANING
�. A. Clean work under provisions of this Section.
B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears.
C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
D. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.14 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Division 1 Specifications.
B. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external
corners that may be damaged by construction activities.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 7 of 7
SECTION 04100
MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT
PART i - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Mortar and grout for masonry.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete.
B. ASTM Ci44 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
C. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
D. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
E. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry.
F. ASTM C387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials, for Mortar and Concrete.
G. ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry.
H. ASTM C78o - Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and
Reinforced Unit Masonry.
I. ASTM Cioi9 - Method of Sampling and Testing Grout.
J. IMIAC (International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council) - Recommended Practices and
Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit samples of mortar in accordance with Section 04050.
B. Reports: Submit reports on grout in
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Submit certification in accordance with Section 04050.
D. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available
that does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by
the Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20
shall be submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
E. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to
Substantial Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and
materials installed, and processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCB), using format in Article 3 of General Conditions.
POST OAK SQUARE FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 3
SECTION 04100
MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and
foreign matter.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 45 degrees F prior to,
during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
B. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to maximum go degrees F prior to,
during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS - PREMIX MORTAR
A. Colored Mortar: Provide pre -bagged mortar mix as manufactured by Southwest Concrete
Products or approved equal. Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides,
compounded for use in mortar mixes. Provide color as selected by the Architect.
i) "SCP Cream" color to be used at all Stone Masonry Veneer.
B. Contractor shall provide for Owners mock-up sample panel, using colored mortar as selected
for Owner's review/approval prior to work.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C15o, Type I, except Type M may be used for cold weather
construction.
B. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type.
C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
D. Grout Course Aggregate: ASTM C404.
E. Water: Clean and potable.
2.4 MORTAR MIXING
A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C270 in quantities needed for
immediate use.
B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process.
C. Do not use anti -freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar.
D. If water is lost by evaporation, re -temper only within two hours of mixing.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 04100
MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT
E. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, or
two -and -one-half hours at temperatures under 45 degrees F.
2.5 GROUT MIXES
A. Bond Beams/Lintels: 2,500 psi strength at 28 days; 8-io inches slump; mixed in accordance
with ASTM C476, Fine grout.
B. Engineered Masonry: 2,500 psi strength at 28 days; 8-10 inches slump; mixed in accordance
with ASTM C476, Fine grout.
2.6 GROUT MIXING
A. Transit mixed grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C94•
B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with
ASTM C476, Fine grout.
C. Add admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; mix uniformly.
D. Do not use anti -freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids.
B. Do not install grout in lifts greater than 16 inches without consolidating grout by rodding.
C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout.
D. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing may be performed by the Owner or Architect at any time with or
without prior notice.
B. Test and evaluate mortar in accordance with ASTM C780.
C. Test and evaluate grout in accordance with ASTM Cioi9.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 04405
PART1-GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
CAST STONEWORK
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Miscellaneous Stone Trim as indicated on Drawings.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Cast Stone Institute - Current Edition of Guidelines for the industry
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Data and certifications as required by Section 04050.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings showing dimensions, alignments, joint
locations and sizes, supports, attachment devices, accessories, complete pattern layout
plan, corner details and installation details of proposed method of anchorage. If any
stone scheduled has noticeable grain, show grain direction. Indicate field -measured
dimensions.
C. Samples: Stone materials: Submit at least three samples each not less than 3" x 3" size for
each stone type or variety; submit additional samples if required to adequately show
range of color, grain and variation, including at least one sample to show each extreme of
variation and one to show the typical or predominant characteristics.
D. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet' (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
E. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
MOCK-UP
A. Refer to Section 04050 for Mock-up Panel Requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier of stone shall be:
1. Stone Castle Industries
Phone
713-44o-6228
Contact: Henry Blair
Fax
713-44o-6224
2. Site Works
Phone
713-861-7923
Contact: Ed McCune
Fax
713-861-8478
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SECTION 04405
CAST STONEWORK
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 CAST STONE SOURCES
A. Refer to Section i.6 Quality Assurance (above).
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Stone: Provide stone in types or varieties, textures, finishes and thickness' as scheduled or
otherwise indicated on Drawings, and as specified herein, or in matching varieties as
selected by Architect.
B. Grain: As indicated on drawings. In layout and cutting of work, match grain direction
and effect as closely as possible. If not otherwise indicated, request clarification from
Architect.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Finish connection and anchorage hardware, including gravity supports, tie -backs, z-clips,
angle clips, metal ties, dowels, structural silicone and threaded inserts of sufficient size,
thickness and strength for proper support of applied loads in a secure manner. All
metallic fastening devices shall be non -corroding. All fastening shall be completely
C concealed. All mounting details shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to
installation.
B. Test joint sealant materials specified in Section 07920 for compatibility with the cast
stone materials specified. Do not use incompatible sealant that result in staining of stone,
or absorption of sealant components by the stone.
2.5 SETTING METHODS
A. Set and anchor as indicated on the Drawings. If not indicated, set materials as follows:
1. Exterior horizontal surfaces: Reinforced Portland cement mortar setting beds.
2. Exterior vertical and sloped surfaces:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
a. Provide positive anchorage through non -corroding adjustable metal
anchors and ties for overhead keystones and other overhead trim; submit
proposed method of anchorage to Architect for acceptance. Neither
corrugated galvanized steel straps nor flexible wire are acceptable for ties
or anchorage, unless otherwise specifically reviewed by Architect.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 04405
CAST STONEWORK
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Supply metal anchors to other trades for placement. Provide a sufficient quantity and
direct their correct placement.
3.3 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION
A. Install Stone Trim in accordance with supplier's instructions and recommendations .
except to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated in Contract Documents
and reviewed shop drawings.
B. Comply with all pertinent codes, laws, ordinances and regulations.
C. Install all stone in proper alignment in accordance with the Contract Documents and
reviewed shop drawings.
D. If horizontal steel support or other framing is used, install at maximum 30" o.c. spacing
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
E. Install trim components in same manner as slabs or as otherwise indicated on reviewed
shop drawings.
F. All Cast Stonework shall conform with the "Standard Specification for Cast Stone" as
published by: The Cast Stone Institute
Pavilions at Greentree, Suite 4o8
Marlton, NJ 08503
3.4 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses build in items supplied by other trades plumb and true.
B. Do NOT build in organic materials which will be subjected to rot or deterioration.
3.5 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit units as required for the work of other sections. Cooperate fully with other
sections of work to insure correct size, shape and location.
3.6 POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work.
B. Point and replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean solid surfaces using non acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent
materials. See Section 04050.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 04410
STONE UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
i.i SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Natural Field Stone Masonry as indicated on Drawings.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Data and certifications as required by Section 04050.
0
B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings showing joint locations and sizes, supports,
attachment devices, accessories, sample pattern layout plan, installation details of proposed
method of anchorage. If any stone scheduled has noticeable grain, show grain direction.
D. Samples:
1. Stone materials: Submit at least three samples each not less than 6" x 6" size for each
stone type or variety; submit additional samples if required to adequately show range
of color, grain and variation, including at least one sample to show each extreme of
variation and one to show the typical or predominant characteristics.
1.4 MOCK-UP
A. Refer to Section 04050 for Mock-up Panel Requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier of stone shall be: ALAMO "AUTUMN HARVEST BLEND"; CONTACT: TANYA
BRYAN/BRYAN OWEAL WITH UPCHURCH KIMBROUGH CO. (713-957-1520)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NATURAL STONE SOURCES
A. Refer to Section 1.5 Quality Assurance (above).
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Stone: Stone shall be chopped 3.5" to 5.5" thick (chopped face will be expressed).
B. Coursing: Coursing to be Modified Random Ashlar Pattern. Install veneer with horizontal
joints coursing out in heights that will vary between 3" and 12". Each Stone will vary in length
between 8" and 3o" and be roughly squared.
C. Variation: Lay Stone in uniform blend, so as to avoid patching of colors in finished wall
veneer. Patches of similar color variations will be corrected by masonry contractor at the
architect's discretion.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 3
SECTION 04410
STONE UNITS
D. Weight: Stone weighs approximately 175 pounds per cubic foot. It will be delivered in end
dump trailers in loads of approximately 23-24 tons each. Provide stable, level surface to
dump / store materials on.
E. Color: Alamo "Autumn Harvest Blend"
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish connection and anchorage hardware, including gravity supports, tie -backs, z-clips,
angle clips, metal ties, dowels, structural silicone and threaded inserts of sufficient size,
thickness and strength for proper support of applied loads in a secure manner. All metallic
fastening devices shall be non -corroding. All fastening shall be completely concealed. All
mounting details shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to installation.
B. Test joint sealant materials specified in Section 07920 for compatibility with the stone
materials specified. Do not use incompatible sealant that result in staining of stone, or
absorption of sealant components by the stone.
2.4 SETTING METHODS
A. Set and anchor as indicated on the Drawings. If not indicated, set materials as follows:
1. Exterior horizontal surfaces: Reinforced Portland cement mortar setting beds.
2. Exterior vertical and sloped surfaces:
a. Provide positive anchorage through non -corroding adjustable metal anchors
and ties where required; submit proposed method of anchorage to Architect
for acceptance. Neither corrugated galvanized steel straps nor flexible wire
are acceptable for ties or anchorage, unless otherwise specifically reviewed by
Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Supply metal anchors to other trades for placement. Provide a sufficient quantity and direct
their correct placement.
3.3 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION
A. Install Stone in accordance with supplier's instructions and recommendations except
to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated in Contract Documents and
reviewed shop drawings.
B. Install all stone in proper alignment in accordance with the Contract Documents and reviewed
shop drawings. Comply with all pertinent codes, laws, ordinances and regulations.
C. Mortar Joints shall be an average of 1/2" thick and should not exceed 3/4" in any case.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
. Page 2 of 3
SECTION 04410
STONE UNITS
D. If horizontal steel support or other framing is used, install at maximum 30" o.c. spacing
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
3.4 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses build in items supplied by other trades plumb and true.
B. Do NOT build in organic materials which will be subjected to rot or deterioration.
3.5 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit units as required for the work of other sections. Cooperate fully with other
sections of work to insure correct size, shape and location.
3.6 POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work.
B. Point and replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean solid surfaces using non acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent
materials. See Section 04050.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 05050
MATERIALS AND METHODS, GENERAL
Contract conditions and Division 1 govern this section
PART.1 METAL MATERIAL AND METHODS
A. Furnish all labor, materials, including all accessory items, connections, anchoring
and fastening devices, bolts, nuts, screws, etc., enumerated below and/or indicated
on the Drawings and Details for the completion of the structural steel work indicated.
B. Steel Shapes, Bars, and Plates
Conform to ASTM A-36, except for material specifically noted on the drawing (Fy-50 ksi) shall
conform to ASTM A-572, Grade 50.
C. Canopies and overhangs shall be installed per Drawings.
D. Provide all structural support steel required for roof top mechanical equipment, and HVAC
equipment.
E. Column spacing and bays shall conform to drawings. Roof shall slope i/4"/Ft. minimum front to
rear at new constructed roof areas. Maintain existing roof slopes where repairing or extending
existing roof areas in remodel or expansion work.
F. Metal studs at all cementious backerboard applications to be 20 gauge or heavier, at a maximum
spacing of W o.c.
l
PART 2 METAL FASTENINGS
A. Standard Threaded Fasteners
1. Standard bolts and nuts: ASTM A-307
2. Plain washers: ANSI B27-2.
B. Anchor Bolts
1. Conform to Section 1.c of ASTM A-307.
C. High Strength Threaded Fasteners
1. ASTM A-325.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of i
SECTION 05100
COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING
C, Contract conditions and Division 1 govern this section
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes the fabrication and execution of all metal studs, runners, furring
channels, and related bracing shown in the drawings and specified.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AISI Specifications for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members.
B. AWS Recommended Practices for Resistance Welding.
C. UL - Fire Resistance Directory
1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all products in their original, unopened packages.
B. Unload and place materials in a designated staging area to avoid damage to materials.
C. Store off the ground in storage building or under tarpaulins, vented to avoid condensation
and moisture entrapment, until ready for installation. Remove from the site all damaged and
deteriorated materials.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for
that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior fo Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2. MATERIALS
A. All stud gauge and size shall conform to manufacturer's published span chart.
B. All 16 gauge and heavier studs shall conform to ASTM A-446-76 Grade D, Galvanized,
minimum yield 50,000 psi.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SECTION 05100
COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING
C. All 18 gauge and lighter studs shall conform to ASTM A-446-76 Grade B, Galvanized
minimum yield 37,000 psi.
D. All track and bridging shall be galvanized, of same grade and gauge as steel studs to which
attached.
E. All furring channels shall be galvanized, of same grade and gauge as steel studs to which
attached.
F. Fasteners:
1.) For attaching floor track to floor: approved power -driven fasteners.
2.) For attaching studs to track and bridging and ceiling track to runner: self -tapping,
self -drilling, S-12 screws. Length as required. All dropped headwalls shall be
supported per "Headwall Attachment Detail" shown on drawings.
G. Welds - Plug, butt, seam or fillet resistance welds on both sides of stud, top and bottom,
conforming to AWS Specifications. Use 2.38mm (3/32") diameter AWS type 6013 rods, and
heat setting of 6o to 110 amps. Welds in members subject to tension (such as bridging,
diagonal bracing, etc.) shall be capable of withstanding a tension loading producing unit
shearing stress of 227,535 kN/m2 33 ksi)•
H. Metal Studs at Backer Board applications shall be 20 gauge or heavier, at a maximum spacing
of 16" o.c.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Framing components may be fabricated at the project site or may be prefabricated and
installed as panels.
1.) Fastening: All axially loaded members and exterior wall studs shall be attached by
welding. Other components may be attached by welding or power -driven screw
fasteners, at Contractor's option.
2.) Cut all members squarely or at an angle to fit squarely against abutting members.
Hold members securely in place until permanently fastened.
3.) No splices will be permitted in axially loaded members.
4.) Wire -tying of main wall framing will not be permitted. Wire tying of furring channels
in ceiling or soffit conditions, and in attachment to wall framing, is permitted. Wire
tying of furring channels for lathing and plastering is required.
5.) Prefabricated panels shall be square and braced to prevent racking. Lift and handle
members to prevent the distortion of any member.
6.) Components used to frame openings shall be of size and type capable of transferring
all loads imposed on the opening into the vertical members, adjacent to the opening.
Provide sufficient framing at jambs of openings to carry loads transferred.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 05100
COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING
3.2 ERECTION
A. Floor track: after accurately aligning floor track, attach track to concrete floor with 19 mm
(3/4") long 3/16" shank diameter power -driven concrete fasteners or expansion bolts. Fasten
at 30 cm (12") O.C. Consult Architect for method of attachment to substrates other than
concrete. Grout slab surface irregularities to provide full bearing track.
B. Top track: attach to underside of concrete slabs or structural steel with power -driven 10 mm
(3/4") long 3/16" shank diameter fasteners or expansion bolts. For attaching studs to.track
and bridging and ceiling track to runner: Self -tapping, self -drilling, S-12 screws. Length as
required. All dropped headwalls shall be supported per "Headwall Attachment Detail"
shown on the drawings.
C. Studs: Erect plumb and square, attaching to floor and ceiling track with two power -driven
screws each side or with 1.6 mm (1/16") fillet weld 13 mm (1/2") long each side. Do not splice
studs.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section contains supplementary information on Structural Steel to be referred to in
addition to the Structural Specifications and Drawings.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
D. Specifications for the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions and
recommendations for each product. Included data substantiating that materials comply with
specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and strength of members, locations, fastening procedures,
camber, shop coats and holes for other work. Reproductions of Architectural or Engineering
drawings will not be acceptable as shop drawings.
C. Anchor Bolt Drawings: Prepare promptly so as not to hold up the progress of the Work.
D. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for
that proposed product or material prior to installation.
E. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel: ASTM A36, Rolled to the tolerances of ASTM A6
(� B. Pipe Columns: ASTM A5o1 or ASTM A-53 Grade B
C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, (Grade "A" Bolts) Regular Hexagon Bolt Type
D. Structural Connection Bolts: ASTM A-325
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
E. Structural Tube Columns: ASTM A5oo, Grade 8
Fy 36 ksi hot rolled tubing.
F. Cast Iron: ASTM A-48, Class as required.
G. Arc Welded Electrodes: Conform to ASTM A-233, Class Edo.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TOLERANCES
A. The Work in place shall comply with AISC requirements. These tolerances are partially given
as follows:
1. Individual pieces are considered plumb, level and aligned if the error does not exceed
1:5oo.
3.2 SHOP PRIMER
A. Preparation: Clean steel of loose rust and mill scale. Red alkyd resin, rust inhibitive primer
required for structural steel.
3.3 GALVANIZED FINISH
A. Location: All structural steel on the roof, on the exterior of the building, and as noted on the
Architectural and Structural Drawings.
B. Type: Hot dipped zinc coating per ASTM A123
C. Repairs: All areas requiring field welding shall be thoroughly brushed and cleaned after
welding. Areas shall then be coated with a minimum of two (2) coats of zinc rich primer.
3.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with the AISC Specifications.
B. Shop connections shall be welded as per AWS references.
C. Fabricate per approved Shop Drawings.
3.5 ERECTION
A. Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications.
B. Column bases and bearing plates: Attached column bases and similar structural members
shall be aligned with wedges or shims.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 05200
METAL JOISTS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section contains supplementary information on Metal Joists to be referred to in
addition to the Structural Specifications and Drawings.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. Steel Joist Institute (SJI)
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
D. Standard Specification for Open Web Joists (from SJI)
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions and
recommendations for each product. Included data substantiating that materials comply
with specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate mark, number, type, location and spacing of all joists. Mark
type and method of attachment and end anchorage of bridging. Paint type, accessories
and installation details.
C. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
D. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel: As per SJI Standard Specifications
B. Primer: Red Alkyd resin, rust inhibitive metal primer.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 05200
METAL JOISTS
C. All materials for joists and chords and webs shall have a minimum yield point of 5o ksi.
D. Material for joist anchors, bearing plates, bridging and other accessories shall have a
minimum yield of 36 ksi.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Joists shall be fabricated in accordance with the latest SJI Specifications and meet the
spacing requirements of Factory Mutual I - 28 in conjunctions with the type of decking
specified.
B. Joists shall be fabricated per approved Shop Drawings.
3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Preparation: Clean steel thoroughly, dry and apply one coat of paint evenly. Work well
into joints and open spaces.
B. Store joists vertically above ground on supports and keep joists free of dirt and debris.
3.5 ERECTION
A. Erect materials per SJI standard specifications and as per approved placing drawings
using welded connections.
B. Hoist joists with slings at third points to lift and set in place. DO NOT remove until line
of bridging nearest mid -span is installed.
C. Use electric ARC welding process per AWS standards.
D. After erection, spot paint all field welds, bolts and any areas of damaged shop coat.
E. Repair or replace all damaged joists, straighten all bent joists and reinforce, if necessary,
all.broken welds.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 05310
METAL DECKING
C: PART i - GENERAL
i.i SUMMARY
A. This section contains supplementary information on Metal Decking to be referred to in
addition to the Structural Specifications and Drawings.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) - Basic Design Specification
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
D. Steel Roof Deck Design Manual
E. Factory Mutual Bulletin FM I-28
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions and
recommendations for each product. Included data substantiating that materials comply
with specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate mark, number, type, location and spacing of all joists. Indicate
size and locations of openings. Methods of securing, anchoring and attaching to
structural members verifying strength of members will safely carry live and dead loads
indicated. Reproductions of Architectural or Engineering drawings will not be accepted.
C. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
D. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Deck: Either intermediate or wide rib in a minimum of 22 gauge.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 05310
METAL DECKING
B. Steel Deck shall be galvanized.
C. Metal Deck shall be listed by Factory Mutual. Conform to Factory Mutual I -go for
windstorm resistance and class i for fire resistance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ERECTION
A. Place Decking perpendicular to supports with corrugated edges up.
i. Lap sides of decking one corrugation and lap ends a minimum of 2 inches. Do
not extend bottom sheet of laps beyond the supporting member.
2. Provide openings and necessary reinforcing to strengthen the deck where shown.
3. Trades requiring additional deck penetrations shall provide the opening and
reinforcing subject to the Architect and Engineer's approval.
B. Plug weld through 14 gauge -curved washers, through deck and into top cords.
1. Weld 4" sheet thicknesses at the corners and through 2 thicknesses at the middle.
2. See Structural Drawings for weld pattern.
3. Penetrations larger than 9" square shall be provided with minimum 3'x 3'x i/4"
frame supports as detailed on the drawings.
C. Suspension of any mechanical or electrical equipment such as ducts, piping, light fixtures,
etc. from main roof or front canopy roof deck will not be permitted. Care must be
taken not to puncture the roofing insulation or membrane.
D. Provide sump pans, stiffener plates and channel edge closures as required.
E. Seal deck at the tops of walls by means of closure strips.
3.2 FIELD CONTROL
A. Field cut around pipes or small openings in neat manner. Replace non -fitting or over -cut
material. Repair all broken welds.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. Owner or his representative or Engineer will make inspection while steel deck is being
installed.
B. Notify Owner, Engineer, and Architect of date of inspection at least two (2) days in
advance.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
C- PART i - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section contains information on Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications to be referred to
in addition to the Structural Specifications and Drawings.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, including all accessory items, railings, connections, burglar
bars, angle frames, anchoring and fastening devices, bolts, nuts, screws, etc., enumerated
below and/or as indicated on Drawings and Details for the completion of the
Miscellaneous Metal Work indicated and/or specified.
C. Refer to Drawings for nature and extent of work.
1.2 SCOPE
A. Furnish and install miscellaneous iron and steel items not specified elsewhere including
but not limited to:
1. Steel Pipe Bollards
2. Mechanical Equipment Supports
3. Hangers and Supports
4. Imbedded Items
1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. American Welding Society (AWS)
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions and
recommendations for each product. Included data substantiating that materials comply
with specified requirements.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to. Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SE 1'ION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel: ASTM 36, new and free of rust.
B. Other: Best commercial quality, suitable for intended purposes.
1. Stock commercial items, products, materials, patterns, and fabrication methods
which meet the requirements, are acceptable provided they conform to the design
and details indicated.
C. Primer: Red alkyd resin, rust inhibitive primer unless noted otherwise.
2.3 STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS
A. Provide bollards in accordance with the plans and Section 02870.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MEASUREMENT
A. Verify all dimensions by taking field measurements to ensure proper fit and attachment
of all items.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with other trades for prompt delivery of all materials needed for erection or
installation. Identify all bolts or other loose materials.
3.3 DELIVERY HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver and store materials in dry protected areas. Protect from rusting and other
damage. Remove any damaged items and replace at no cost to the Owner.
3.4 FABRICATION
A. Wherever possible, work, fit and shop fabricate work, ready for erection.
I. Execute work in accordance with details indicated and approved shop drawings.
2. Shop connections are to be welded.
3. Jointing and intersections of metals to be accurately made and tightly fitted with
adequate fastenings.
4. Bolted work to be screwed tight and threads nicked to prevent loosening of bolts.
5. Provide drilled or punched holes and connections for the Work or other trades.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE -REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
6. Wherever dissimilar metals are in contact, they shall be insulated from one
another by means of a bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.
7. Work shall be made square, plumb, straight and true, and accurately fitted with
tight joints and intersections.
8. Exposed work shall be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat
connections.
3.5 PAINTING
A. After fabrication, all un-galvanized steel and iron work shall be thoroughly cleaned and
given one shop coat of primer evenly brushed out.
1. After erection, touch up all marred or damaged portions of the shop coat.
3.6 WORKMANSHIP
A. Steel shall be handled so as to avoid damage or bending.
1. Workmanship, as well as finish, shall be the best practice by today's standards.
2. Field connections shall be bolted or welded as indicated.
3.7 ERECTION
A. All parts shall be erected or installed by competent workers.
B. Take measurements at the building and check all parts of the drawings to be sure that all
items are properly sized for their location and are in the correct position.
3.8 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Do all cutting and fitting required to ensure all parts fit accurately in their respective
areas.
B. When necessary to cut into concrete or other parts of the building to set steel parts
accurately, do so in such a manner so as not to damage the adjoining parts and repair
such adjoining, thoroughly and neatly, where such cutting is done.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQ,ADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION o61oo
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART i-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes the furnishing and installation of miscellaneous nonstructural
carpentry items not specified in any other sections.
1.2 SCOPE
A.
Floor, wall, and roof sheathing.
B.
Sill gaskets and flashings.
C.
Preservative treatment of wood.
D.
Fire retardant treatment of wood.
E.
Miscellaneous framing and sheathing.
F.
Miscellaneous concealed wood blocking.
1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and General Conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.4 REFERENCES
A.
APA (American Plywood Association).
B.
ASTM E84 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Materials
C.
AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C1- All Timber Products - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Process.
D.
AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C9 - All Plywood Products - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Process.
E.
AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C20 - Structural Lumber Fire Retardant
Treatment by Pressure Process.
F.
AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C27 - Plywood Fire Retardant Treatment
by Pressure Process.
G .
AWPA M4 - Care of Pressure Treated Wood Products
H .
AWPB - Quality Control Standards.
I.
PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A.
Deliver all materials in undamaged condition.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 5
SECTION o6loo
ROUGH CARPENTRY
B. Keep materials dry at all times. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with
damp or wet surfaces.
C. Stack lumber and plywood providing air circulation within stacks in a manner to preclude
moisture, mildew, rot, and contamination by soiling, chemicals, or environmental
corrosives.
D. All treated lumber products shall be delivered in new condition and shall have the
labeling clearly marked as to manufacturer's standard of grading.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Type of construction shall be as indicated except where specified otherwise by local
code. Studs used for partitions may be wood or metal and shall be of the proper
size based on manufacturers recommendations for unsupported height or span.
Minimum thickness for metal studs shall be 20 gauge for floor mounted partitions
and 25 gauge for hanging partitions. Studs to be spaced 16" o.c. unless noted
otherwise. Studs for floor or ceiling joists shall be a minimum 18 gauge spaced at
12 O.C.
B. All framing lumber, furring and plywood shall be fire retardant treated wood (AWPA C-
2o) bearing U.L. label. Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread rating of 25
or less, a fuel contributed rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less.
Where required by local code, other partitions, trim, panels, and other decor
materials shall also be fire retardant treated.
2.3 FRAMING AND BLOCKING MATERIALS
A. Factory -mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency.
B. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes
as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use.
C. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 5
SECTION o6wo
ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Provide seasoned framing lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of
dressing.
E. Provide No. 2 Southern Yellow Pine grade lumber minimum for all blocking.
F. Metal studs at all Backer -board applications must be 20 gauge or heavier and install
on 16" centers (maximum spacing accepted).
2.4 SHEATHING MATERIALS
A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, Span Rating = 32/16; Exposure
Durability 1.
B. Plywood Wall Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, Span Rating = 32/16; Exposure
Durability i.
C. Gypsum Wall Sheathing: Refer to Section 09250 for requirements.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors:
1) Fasteners: Hot dipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood
locations, unfinished steel elsewhere.
2) Drywall Screws: 1" Type 5 Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, [length
to achieve full penetration of sheathing substrate.]
3) Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield
and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolt or ballistic
fastener for anchorage's to steel.
4) Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by
applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails,
staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washer's and anchoring devices.
5) Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by
the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails.
2.6 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT
A. Where lumber or plywood is indicated as "treated", or is specified herein to be treated,
comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (lumber) and C9 (plywood)
and of AWPB Standards. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark
Requirements.
1) Use two coats of Kloppers "Wolman clear" preservative treatment as specified in
paragraph 2 below.
a. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, blocking, stripping, equipment platforms and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and
waterproofing.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 5
SECTION o6loo
ROUGH CARPENTRY
b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed
members in contact with masonry or concrete.
2) Fire -Retardant Treatment: All "FR-S" lumber or plywood specified or otherwise
indicated, shall comply with the AWPA standards for pressure impregnation with
fire -retardant chemicals to achieve a flame -spread rating of not more than 25
when tested in accordance with UL Test 723, ASTM E 84, or NFPA Test 355•
Provide UL label on each piece of fire -retardant lumber or plywood. Note: All
wood to be fire retardant and preservative treated, is to be supplied to the job site
with Koppers "Dricon" fire -retardant treatment; the Contractor shall then apply
two coats of Koppers "Wolman clear" preservative treatment to the wood before
installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FRAMING
A. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position.
B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain
structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation
of permanent bracing.
C. Place horizontal members, crown side up.
D. Construct load bearing framing and curb members full length without splices.
E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud
partitions that are parallel to floor joists. Frame rigidly into joists.
F. Place full width continuous sill flashings under framed walls on cementitious
foundations. Lap flashing joint 4 inches.
G. Place sill gasket directly on sill flashing. Puncture gasket clean and fit tight to protruding
foundation anchor bolts.
H. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by
alternating lapping side members.
I. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings,
roofing vapor retardant, and parapet construction.
3.2 SHEATHING
A. Secure roof sheathing with longer edge perpendicular to framing members and with ends
staggered and sheet ends over bearing.
B. Use sheathing clips between sheets between roof framing members. Provide solid edge
blocking between sheets. Fully engage tongue and groove edges.
C. Secure wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over
firm bearing.
D. Place plywood or structural -use panel sheeting at building corners for a horizontal
distance of 48 inches.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 5
SEC.rION o61oo
ROUGH CARPENTRY
E. Place building paper horizontally over wall sheathing; weather lap edges and ends.
F. Refer to Section 07240 for requirements that all gypsum sheathing substrate for EIFS
finish is to be installed in compliance with EIFS manufacturer's specifications and
requirements.
G. Apply sealant around sheathing perimeter at interface with other materials. Refer to
Section 07900.
H. The gypsum sheathing board installation is to completely cover up all metal framing on
the exterior of the building, with all joints tight, with no broken edges or holes; and with
all metal studs completely covered, and all joints sealed watertight.
3.3 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious
materials, roofing and related metal flashings, and site -sawn cuts.
C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Framing Members: 1/8" from true position, maximum.
B. Surface Flatness of Floor: 1/4 in w feet maximum.
3.5 SCHEDULES
A. Above Grade Joist, Rafter, and Stud Framing: S/P/F species, i9 percent maximum
moisture content.
B. Sloped Roof Sheathing: 4'x8' Plywood, 3/4" thick, (unless indicated otherwise), square
edges; appearance grade facing inward. Stagger all end joints 4 feet.
C. Below Grade Joist and Stud Framing: Stress Group B, pressure preservative treatment.
D. Below Grade Wall Sheathing: Plywood, 3/4" thick, tongue and groove edges, pressure
preservative treated.
E. Blocking and Cants: S/P/F species, pressure preservative treatment.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 5
SECTION 07130
WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 GUARANTEE
A. Provide a two year written guarantee against water leakage into building's areas through
work of this entire DIVISION (07000). Contractor shall, within such period, take such
remedial measures as may be necessary to correct conditions of leakage and repair all
construction damaged or stained by such leakage.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 UNDERSLAB DAMPPROOFING
A. Manufacturer: Stego Industries LLC, Tel: 877-464-7834
1. Membrane: "Stego - Wrap", 10 mil polyolefin conforming to ASTM E 1745, Class
C, 20'X15o' roll dimension
2. Tape: "Stego - Wrap", Red Polyethylene Tape, 4" wide x 18o' per roll, 12 rolls per
case.
2.3 WATERSTOP MATERIALS
A. Synko-Flex Prod. Co. "Synko-Flex"; 1 sq. in. cross section; 713/963-9403•
B. DeNeff America, Inc. "swellseal Plus"; 713/583-7294; 517/681-5791.
C. Paramount Technical Products "Para JT"; 1/4 x 2; 800/325-8715•
D. American Colloid "Water Stop RX 102"; 3/4 x 3/8
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 07130
WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING
2.4 WALL BASE FLASHING
A. 20 mil. thickness, sheet vinyl water barrier.
B. Manufacturer: B.F. Goodrich Company, or approved equal.
C. Flashing Adhesive: Philip Carey "Duk-Bak" No. ion, flashing adhesive, stiff-fibered
mastic.
D. Extend membrane up outside face of the inner wythe of wall a minimum of 8". Terminate
membrane in bottom bed joint 1" from outside face of wall.
2.5 MASTIC DAMPPROOFING
A. Aphalt, semi -mastic, Dampproofing Mastic, brush or spray consistency.
B. Manufacturer: The Philip Carey Manufacturing Company or Sonneborn - Hydrocide. ..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 UNDERSLAB DAMPPROOFING
A. After sub -grade is prepared for slabs on grade, entire surface shall be covered with 10 mil
polyolefin vapor barrier film. Any holes torn in the polyolefin film shall be carefully
patched in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions prior to pouring slab.
3.2 WALL BASE FLASHING
A. Extend membrane up outside face of the inner wythe of wall a minimum of 8". Terminate
membrane in bottom bed joint 1" from outside face of wall.
3.3 MASTIC DAMPPROOFING
A. Primer Coat: One (1) coat of spray applied "Duk-Bak" No. 77 Asphalt primer applied at a
rate of ioo sq. ft. per gallon.
B. Dampproofing: Two (2) coats of spray applied "Duk-Bak" No. 87 Semi -mastic applied at a
rate of 25-30 sq. ft. per gallon.
C. Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's application
recommendations.
D. Mastic dampproofing required on all building exterior walls that have masonry veneer.
E. Apply one (i) layer of 4" wide sheet vinyl applied over horizontal and vertical joint in
gypsum sheathing. Material to be same as wall base flashing. Apply with flashing
adhesive.
F. Do Not Install mastic dampproofing in areas where E.I.F.S. on rigid foam board will
adhere directly to tilt -wall or gypsum sheathing. Refer to drawings for locations.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 07190
WATER REPELLENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1:1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Penetrating water-repellent treatment of cast stone surfaces.
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Product data including manufacturer's specifications and application
recommendations for water repellents for each surface indicated.
2. Samples: Submit 12" square samples of each substrate indicated to receive water
repellent with the specified repellent treatment applied to half of each sample.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of all authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Test Reports: Provide test results for water repellents on substrate simulating project
conditions as close as possible. Use same materials and methods of application to be
used on the project.
D. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
E. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 Water Repellents: A product acceptable by the manufacturer of the masonry units to which it is to
be applied; one of the following:
A. Silane, 40 Percent Solids: Penetrating water repellent. A monomeric compound
containing approximately 40 percent alkyltrialkoxysilanes with alcohol, mineral spirits,
water, or other proprietary solvent carrier.
B. Siloxanes: Penetrating water repellent. Alkylalkoxysiloxanes that are oligomerous with
alcohol, ethanol; mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carriers.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 2.
SECTION 07190
WATER REPELLENTS
C. Acceptable products: ProSoCo, Inc. "Silox 40", "Weather Seal Siloxane" or " Weather
Seal SI.4o"; Chemprobe Technologies, Inc., "Dur A Pell" 40 "S" or "Prime -A -Pell 200", or
equal product accepted by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate.
B. Test for moisture content and pH.
C. Protect adjoining work. Cover adjacent and nearby surface including live plants and
grass. Immediately remove water repellent from surfaces not intended to receive
treatment. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning.
D. Test Application: Apply test patch in an unobtrusive location to demonstrate final effect
(visual, physical, and chemical).
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Apply one or two saturation spray coats, following manufacture's instructions and
recommendations. i
B. Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. An exterior insulation board system surfaced with integral colored synthetic plaster. Class
PB System. Shapes, thickness, sizes, etc. to be as shown on drawings... Color as selected.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provision of the contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Correct the Work for one year if it becomes unserviceable or objectionable in appearance as
a result of being defective or non -conforming, and the following, or other injurious results
occur:
1. Cracking
2. Releasing from substrate
3. Noticeable discoloring
4. Structural faults
5. Finish releasing from insulation
6. Insulation releasing from substrate
1.4 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS (For selection, review, approval)
A. Product Data, Installation instructions, MSDS information, and certification that material
submitted complies with the requirements as specified.
B. Color and Texture Samples - Coordinate samples with masonry contractor for mock-up
panel at the job site. .
C. Shop Drawings of any specially fabricated work in the form of shapes, cornices, etc
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 6
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 APPROVED SUPPLIERS/BRANDS (Subject to specification compliance. Others require written
approval from Architect PRIOR TO BID.)
A. Dryvit - Outsulation System
B.
Senergy - (Equal to Outsulation System by Dryvit)
C.
STO Industries - (Equal to Outsulation System by Dryvit)
D.
Finestone - (Equal to Outsulation System by Dryvit)
2.3 MATERIALS (All to EIMA Standards)
A.
CEMENT: Portland cement, Type I, ASTM C 150; fresh and free of lumps.
B.
PRIMER/ADHESIVE: Proprietary mix; bond strength shall be greater than 16o psi to
concrete block and 39 psi to gypsum sheathing (ASTM D897); 33% max cement content.
C.
FOAMED PLASTIC INSULATION BOARD: (4% max. water absorp.) (Opt. Materials)
1. OPTION 1: Dow "Styrofoam", Formular or Amofoam extruded polystyrene; 40 psi
compressive strength.
2. OPTION 2: Celotex "Quick R" isocyanurate; 2 pcf density; 20 psi compressive
strength.
3. OPTION 3: Expanded polystyrene (eps); o.o9 pcf density;lo psi compressive
strength; ASTM C 578.
4. SIZE TOLERANCE: Edges square within 1/32" per ft.; thickness +or - 1/16"
5. SIZE: 24" x 48"
6. MATERIAL CONDITIONING: Certified to EIMA standards; each board marked
D. REINFORCING:
1. Alkali proof
2. Standard duty open weave glass fiber 4.0 oz. psy minimum.
3. Heavy-duty type 20 oz. psy minimum.
2.4 FINISH COAT LAB TESTS (Products must passes all tests)
A. DURABILITY
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 6
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
1. ACCELERATED WEATHERING: (ASTM G23or G53) No visible damage after
2,000 hours under 5X magnification.
2. FREEZE/THAW RESISTANCE: (modified ASTM C 67) (EIMA ioio.oi) No visible
damage after 6o cycles. -
3. WATER PENETRATION: (Modified ASTM E 331) (EIlVIA 101.02) Pass.
4. WATER RESISTANCE: (ASTM D 2247) No effects after 14 days.
5. SALT SPRAY: (ASTM b 117) Soo hours
6. ABRASION: (ASTM D 698) No cracking, checking; slight wear after 500 liters
sand.
7. MILDEW RESISTANCE: (ASTM D 3273) No growth supported during 28 days.
8. ADHESION: (Modified ASTM C 297) (EIMA 101.03) After accelerated weathering
and freeze/thaw test; no release until insulation substrate fails.
B. FIRE TEST PERFORMANCE:
i 1. SURFACE BURNING: (ASTM E 84) Flame spread less than 25; smoke developed
less than 450.
2. FULL SCALE FIRE: (Modified ASTM E 1o8) No contribution to vertical or
horizontal flame spread.
3. MULTI -STORY FIRE TEST: (UBC Std 17-6) Pass
2.5 SHEATHING EDGE PROTECTION
A. MATERIAL: 4" wide 20 mil polyethylene backed, self -adhering, primerless, SBS modified
tape.
B. BRAND: Protecto "Flash Building Tape-20", or approved equal.
C. LOCATIONS: To cover wall sheathing edges at doors, windows and other openings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUPPLIER'S INSTRUCTIONS
! A. Follow the Supplier's complete printed instructions for the application or installation.
B. Comply with the requirements of Contract Documents when they exceed Supplier's
recommendations.
C. Provide Architect with a copy of instructions, if requested.
D. If there is evidence good results cannot be achieved, request a review of the problems
before proceeding.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 6
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
3.2 INSULATION BOARD APPLICATION
A. JOINTS: Must line up with comers of wall penetration openings; cut comers out of
insulation board
B. REINFORCING: Apply extra 9" x 12" patch of reinforcing diagonally across comers.
C. CORNER: Alternate lap insulation boards at comers of structure in log cabin fashion;
provide 3/4" chamfer corners where heavy weight reinforcing as specified at building
corners, columns and other high abuse comers.
D. JOINTS: Offset vertical joints of insulation board in staggered fashion 1/4 to lh board
length.
E. BACK -WRAP: Apply reinforcing mesh, bedded in cement base coat across ends and (2-
1/2" around back where possible) where system terminates at ends, expansion joints and
other materials.
F. BACK -WRAP AT OPENING CORNERS: Apply detail reinforcing 6" out both directions
from inside comers embedded in base course.
G. DECORATIVE GROOVES: Avoid aligning with openings or joints in insulation boards.
H. BOARD BONDING: Apply adhesive using 3/8" "V" notched trowel; push boards into
place to achieve i00% bonding area.
I. LEVELING: Rasp to flat surface.
3.3 REINFORCEMENT APPLICATION
A. Apply one layer of base coat to insulation using stainless steel trowel.
B. Embed reinforcement in base coat; lap standard weight reinforcing; butt heavy weight
reinforcing and apply standard weight reinforcing 12" wide over butt joints of heavy
weight reinforcing.
C. Apply a second layer of base coat over reinforcing; if any fibers show then dry, apply an
additional coat
3.4 FINISH COAT APPLICATION
A. Apply thick enough so no trace of basecoats show and no evidence of holidays occur, omit
finish coat where sealant coat will be applied.
3.5 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. LOCATIONS: At major building expansion joints, if any.
B. DESIGN:
1. Leave a gap in structural substrate studs and sheathing.
2. Apply sheathing protection edge tape.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 6
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
3. Cut insulation at joint; back -wrap insulation edge with reinforcing and base
course.
C. SEALANT: Apply 1/2" thick over filler rod.
D. JOINT WIDTH: 3/4" Unless shown greater size.
3.6 SHEET METAL FLASHING
A. MATERIAL: Galvanized iron ASTM A 525, G125 with 1.25 oz. psf zinc (divided on 2
sides.
B. GAUGE: 26, unless shown otherwise on Drawing.
C. FINISH: Bonderized or treated to hold paint equal to Armco "Paintgrip".
D. PAINT COATING: With EIFS finish coat.
E. SILL FLASHING:
1. LOCATIONS: At wall openings such as windows, louvers, A/C units.
2. DESIGN: Form box ends turned up 3/4" for sealant; exposed face flange turned
down 2" over wall with 1/2" folded bottom edge angled outward 45 degrees for
sealant; slope 1:12.
F. PARAPETS AND LEDGES: Turn down over wall same as at sill flashing.
G. LONG RUNS: Make up in to foot lengths lapped 3" at joints with sealant; telescope ends
together to hold in alignment.
3.7 SEALANT JOINTS:
A. LOCATION: Wherever EIFS abutts a different material, door, window, louver, AC unit or
other item.
B. DESIGN: Provide a 3/8" wide by at least 1/2" deep slot that provides space for a filler rod
and 1/4" deep sealant.
3.8 CORNICE SPECIFIC INSTALLATION:
A. Contractor shall install EIFS Cornice in four foot (4') sections typical as shown on the
drawings. Sections less than 4' in length shall be field verified for exact measurement
before fabrication and installation.
B. Ends of all 4' sections shall be finished per manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Cornice sections shall be shop fabricated and finished to provide for consistent finish,
texture, and color. Units shall be delivered to job site and installed with 3/8" joints
between sections.
3.9 WORK SCHEDULE
A. INSULATION THICKNESS:
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 6
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
1. MINIMUM: i"
2. VARIATIONS: Any shown on Drawings.
B.
TYPICAL SYSTEM
1. PRIMER: As specified by supplier.
2. BASE COAT: 3/32" thick min. _
3. REINFORCING: Standard duty mesh; lapped edges.
4. FINISH COAT: i/W min. thickness (over texture); sand finish.
5. LOCATIONS: All, except where heavy duty is specified.
C.
HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM: j
1. PRIMER: As specified by supplier.
2. BASE COAT: i/W thick min.
3. REINFORCING: Heavy duty mesh with butted joints; add 12" wide strip of
standard reinforcing over joints and corners.
4. FINISH COAT: 1/16" min. thickness over texture; sand finish.
5. LOCATIONS: Up to 8 feet above grade, unless shown otherwise.
4.2 INCLUDED SEALANT WORK
A.
Expansion joints.
B.
Perimeter joints against abutting materials that are in place when this work is done,
unless directed otherwise by the General Contractor.
C.
Sealant material as specified in Sealant Section.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 6
SECTION o7410
PRE -FINISHED METAL
Contract conditions and Division i govern this section
PART 1-. GENERAL
1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of each type of pre -finished siding and pre-engineered / pre -finished roofing
system with drainage as indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. Pre-
formed roofing/siding is hereby defined to include panels which are structurally capable
of spanning between supports spaced as indicated.
1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field measurements: When possible, prior to fabrication of pre -fabricated panels, take
field measurements of structure or substrates to receive panel systems. Allow for
trimming panel units where final dimensions cannot be established prior to fabrication.
i.3. SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Acknowledgment Letter in accordance with Section 01300 —
Submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions,
and recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with specified requirements.
C. Submit large-scale detail of edge conditions, joints, corners, custom profiles, supports
anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and special details.
D. Submit standard color samples for architect approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1.. Available Manufacturers:
A. Refer to drawings
2.2. TYPE OF PANELS
A. Canopy Roof
i. Refer to drawings
2.3. SHEET MATERIALS
A. Steel for Pre -finishing: Hot dipped galvanized sheet steel, ASTM 446, G-go zinc coating.
2.4. METAL FINISHES
A. Flouropolymer Coating: Pre -finish panels with full strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating
baked -on for 15 minutes at 45o° F, in a dry film thickness of o.9 mil, 30% reflective gloss
(ASTM D523), over min. 0.25 mil baked -on modified epoxy primer.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 2
SECTION 07410
PRE -FINISHED METAL
B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard non -corrosive types, with gasketed heads for exposed
fasteners.
1. Panel Color: As indicated on drawings
2.5. PANEL FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent.
possible. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and with
structural requirements.
B. Metal Gauges: 24 gauge for utility siding panels and roof panels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturers' instructions and recommendations
for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and
components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal / structural movement.
3.2. Install panels with exposed or concealed fasteners as required by panel type.
3.3• NOTE: Some types of finishes are DIRECTIONAL and should be installed with all direction
arrows towards the same direction.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Contract conditions and Division i govern this section
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Refer to drawings and details for extent of sheet metal work.
B. Contractor to verify and ensure all exposed sheet metal cap flashing to be prefinished, Kynar
Soo or Hylar 5000, as indicated on drawings.
C. Contractor to verify and ensure all exposed trim and flashing members shall be the same
material, finish and color.
D. Contractor shall furnish complete shop drawings and product data submittals of all sheet
metal flashing, caps, gutters, downspouts, etc., to Architect for review and approval.
1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Stack pre -formed materials to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasions, and to provide
ventilation.
B. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. Warrant installed system to be free of leaks and free from defects in materials and
workmanship for 2 years from date of Final Completion of project.
B. Warrant factory applied fluorocarbon finish to be free of cracks, splits, crazing, chipping,
peeling and color fading for 10 years from date of Final Completion of project.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for
that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 PREFINISHED (Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000) STEEL SHEETS
A. Zinc coating, hot dipped galvanized, flattened sheets, chemically treated.
C, B. Commerical quality: ASTM A526M, Z 275
C. Lock -forming quality: ASTM A526M, Z 275
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 4
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
D. Thickness: gauges unless noted otherwise on drawings.
1. Sheet metal gravel stops - 26 gauge
2. Gutters, conductor heads and downspouts - 24 gauge typical; except 20 gauge at
gutters where any dimension is 8" or more.
3. Gutter support straps - 12 gauge
4. Flashing and counter -flashing - 26 gauge
5. Parapet wall cap flashing - 24 gauge
E. Finish:
1. Thermo -cured inhibitive primer 0.005 mm (0.2 mil) minimum dry film thickness
and thermo-cured fluorocarbon coating containing not less than 70
percent resin (Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000), 0.025 mm (i.o mil) minimum dry film
thickness conforming to AA C12C42Rix.
2. Color: Selection by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
F. Texture: Smooth finish.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners:
1. Materials: AISI Series 300 for stainless and galvanized steel; aluminum for
aluminum sheets.
2. Nails: Use annular ring shank type, 2.7 mm (No. 12 gage) or larger to suit application,
of sufficient length to penetrate backing material at least 22 mm (7/8 inch).
3. Screws and Bolts: Sufficient size and length to sustain imposed stresses.
B. Solder Materials:
(,. 1. Flux: Type as recommended by sheet material manufacturer; not detrimental to base
material.
2. Solder: ASTM B32, 50 percent tin/ 50 percent lead for plain copper, galvanized steel.
C. Asphatic Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type asphaltic mastic, containing no asbestos fibers,
compounded for 0.4 mm (15 mil) dry film thickness per coat.
D. Sealants:
1. Silicone - General Purpose sealant specified in Section 07920.
2. Color to match adjacent from full range of manufacturer's standard colors.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General:
1.
Shop fabricate components to maximum extent possible to minimize site fabrication.
2.
Fabricate to allow for adjustments in field for proper anchoring and joining.
3.
Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, free from distortion and defects.
4.
Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheets, inter -lockable with
sheet.
5.
Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 450 mm (18 inch) long legs; solder
for rigidity; seal with sealant.
6.
Solder:
a. Solder and seal metals joints except those indicated or required to be
expansive type joints.
b. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints clean.
B. Seams:
1.
Provide following seam types unless noted or detailed otherwise.
_ 2.
Flat: Drive cleat.
3.
Corner: Double corner.
4.
Standing: Double lock standing.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 4
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
C. Sheet Meat Thickness / Mass:
1. Flashing: In accordance with SMACNA Chapter 4.
3. Coping, fascia/gravel stop, scupper: In accordance with SMACNA Table 3-1
D. Flashing and Counter Flashing:
I. Fabricate as indicated on drawings and in accordance with SMACNA Architectural
Sheet Metal Manual, Chapter 4.
2. Hem exposed flashings on underside 15 mm (1/2 inch); miter and seam corners.
3. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 6 mm (1/4 inch) and
hemmed to form drip.
4. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend minimum 50 mm (2 inches) over wall
surfaces.
E. Coping: As indicated on drawings and in accordance with SMACNA Figure 3-4A.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Fluorocarbon Coating:
1.
Comply with AAMA 605.2.
2.
Resin: 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF).
3.
Substrate: Cleaned and pre-treated.
4.
Primer:
a. Manufacturer's standard epoxy or acrylic coating.
b. Dry film thickness:
1) Extrusion: Minimum 0.005 mm (0.20 mil).
2) Coil: Minimum 0.020 mm (0.80 mil).
5.
Barrier coat:
a. Coating: PVDF.
b. Dry film thickness:
1) Extrusion: Minimum 0.025 mm (1.0 mil).
2) Coil: Minimum 0.020 mm (0.80 mil).
6.
Color coat:
a. Coating: PVDF.
b. Dry film thickness:
I) Extrusion: Minimum 0.025 mm (1.0 mil).
2) Coil: Minimum 0.020 mm (0.80 mil).
7.
Clear coat:
a. Coating: PVDF.
b. Dry film thickness:
1) Extrusion: Minimum o.010 mm (0.40 mil).
3) Coil: Minimum 0.020 mm (0.50 mil).
8.
Color: Selection by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
9.
Acceptable coating manufacturers:
a. Akzo Coatings, Inc., Columbus, OH.
b. Lilly Industries Inc., Indianapolis, IN.
C. Morton International, Inc., Chicago, IL.
d. PPG Industries Inc., Delaware, OH and Springdale, PA.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify roof openings, curbs,pipes, sleeves, ducts and vents through roof are solidly set, cant
strips and reglets in place, and nailing strips located.
B. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed and secure.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 4
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work.
B. Install edge strips and cleats before starting installation.
C. Install surfaced mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install metal work in accordance with SMACNA.
2. Install units plumb, level, square and free from warp or twist while maintaining
dimensional tolerances and alignment with surrounding construction.
3. Apply asphaltic mastic on metal surfaces of units in contact with cementitious
materials and dissimilar metals.
4. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes,
and lines accurate to profiles.
5. Miter, lap seam and close corner joints with solder. Seal seams and joints watertight.
6. Install expansion joints at frequency recommended by SMACNA. Do not fasten
seams such that movement is restricted.
7. Coordinate with installation of roofing system and roof accessories.
B. Flashing:
1. Insert flashings into reglets to form watertight fit. Secure in place with wedges at
maximum 300 mm (12 inches) on center. Seal flashings into reglets with sealant.
2. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in
locations approved by Architect.
C. Counterflashing and Reglets:
1. Fabricate counterflashings and reglets as 2 piece assemblies to permit installation of
counterflashing after base flashings are in place
2. Fabricate regelets of same metal and gage as counterflashings.
3. Overlap composition base flashing 100 mm (4 inches) minimum.
4. Install bottom edge tight against base flashing.
5. Lap seal vertical joints 75 mm (3 inches) minimum and apply sealant.
D. Coping, Fascia/Gravel Stops and Scuppers:
1. Space seams: 2400 mm (8'- o") apart maximum.
2. Lock exterior edges over continuous cleats to secure to substrate.
3. Slope toward inside of parapet,13 mm (1/2 inch) minimum, unless indicated
otherwise.
4. Lock interior edges to substrate with cleats spaced at 305 mm (12 inch) centers.
5. Provide intregal drainage system at seams to prevent water infiltration.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of each area of soldering, carefully remove flux and other residue from
surfaces. Neutralize acid flux by washing with washing soda solution, and then flushing clear
water rinse. Use special care to neutralize and clean crevices.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 4
SECTION 07920
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes joint sealers for locations in and around the building as indicated on the
drawings and required for a watertight and weatherproof building
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's data including samples of all available colors and installation
instructions.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for that
proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Backer Rod: Provide and install a closed cell, compressible, non -staining, non -rotting joint
backing such as polystyrene, polyurethane, neoprene sponge, butyl sponge, etc. where
required and where indicated on the drawings and in the specifications.
B. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS
1. To be used at joints of Masonry to Aluminum or Steel to Masonry - Federal
Specification TT-S-230.
a. Acceptable manufacturers:
1) Dow - "790 Sealant"
2) Pecora - "6o+ Unicrylic"
3) Tremco - "Dimeric 511"
3. To be used at all other building areas, requiring caulking - Federal Specification TT-C-
598
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SECTION 07920
JOINT SEALANTS
a. Acceptable manufacturers:
I) Dap - "Architectural Guide"
2) Pecora - "AC-20"
3) Tremco - "Acrylic Latex 834"
C. EXTERIOR CONCRETE EXPANSION JOINTS
I. To be used at all Exterior Concrete Expansion Joints and Joints between Tilt -wall and
Paving.
a. Acceptable manufacturer:
1) Pecora - "NR Zoo" Grey
D. CAULKING AT TILT -UP PANELS
To be used at all joints in Concrete Tilt -wall Panels.
a. Acceptable manufacturer:
I) Pecora "Synthacalk GC-5" - 2 part Polysulfide
2) "Chem Calk 200" - 2 part Polysulfide
2. Preparation:
I) Building joints shall be examined prior to application and any
conditions detrimental to achieving a positive, weathertight seal,
shall be reported to the general contractor and Owner.
2) All openings, joints or channels to be sealed shall be thoroughly
clean, dry, and free from dust, oil, grease, loose mortar or any other
foreign matter, and properly primed if required by manufacturer.
3) All joints shall be properly prepared, clean, dry and backed with a
closed cell, compressible, non -staining, non -rotting joint backing
such as polystyrene, polyurethane, neoprene sponge, etc.
3. Application:
I) Apply in weather conditions according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
2) Sealant shall be gun applied through a nozzle opening of such a
diameter so that the full bead of sealant is gunned into a joint, filling
the joint completely. (A superficial or skin bead shall not be
acceptable).
3) All beads shall be tooled immediately after application to insure firm,
full contact with the inner faces of the joint. Excess material shall be
struck off with a tooling stick or knife.
4) The finished bead shall be flush with the surface, or as otherwise
indicated.
5) Remove all excess materials and smears adjacent to the joint as work
progresses.
It
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of g
SECTION 07920
JOINT SEALANTS
E. CAULKING AT CONCRETE PAVING
1. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, joint sealing material shall conform to the
requirements for hot -poured rubber type joint sealer as listed herein. The material
shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal
against infiltration of water throughout repeated cycles of expansions and
contraction. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low
temperatures.
2. The material when tested in accordance with SDHPT Test Method Tex-525-C shall
meet the following requirements:
Penetration:
2.F. 200 grams, 6o seconds not less than 0.28 cm
77.F.150 grams, 5 seconds 0.45 to 0.75 cm
Flow:
5 hours,14o.F. 75 degree incline not more than 0.5 cm
Bond and Extension:
15.F. cycles. There shall be no cracking of the joint sealing material or break
in the bond between the joint materials and the mortar pieces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING AND PREPARATION
A. All joints shall be properly prepared, clean, dry and backed with backer rod where applicable
prior to installation of sealant.
B. Coordinate work in this section with other trades when applicable to ensure that the Work is
complete and will not be damaged by any Work of this section.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the drawings and
specifications.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION o8305
ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
PART i - GENERAL
IJ RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions, and
recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials comply with
specified requirements.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for that
proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide soffit access doors of size and quantity shown on the drawings.
2.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
i. Access doors in EIFS soffits shall be Milcor or approved equal style DW Access Doors
as follows:
a. Material: Steel Frame 16 gauge, Panel 14 gauge. Drywall Bead galvanized steel.
b. Paint: Chemically bonded prime coat of baked enamel and end and 3rd coat of
semi -gloss alkyd enamel.
C. Hinges: Continuous type with stainless steel pin.
d. Locks: Flush, key operated cylinder with case-hardened steel cam.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install access panels in strict accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and the drawings
and specifications.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of i
SECTION o8410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance: Provide aluminum entrance and storefront assemblies that comply with
specified performance characteristics. A recognized testing laboratory or agency in
accordance with the specified testing methods shall test all systems. Provide certified results
to the owner and Architect.
B. Thermal Movement: Provide systems capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting
from an ambient temperature range of 12o degrees F. that could cause a metal surface
temperature range of 18o degrees F within the framing system.
C. Wind Loading: Provide systems capable of withstanding uniform test pressures as required
by the local governing authorities.
D. Air Infiltration: Provide systems with an air infiltration rate of no more than o.o6 CFM per
sq. ft. of fixed area (excluding operable door edges) when tested in accordance with ASTM E
283 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 psE
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, and
recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials comply with
specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop drawings for fabrication and installation of entrances and
storefronts including the following:
1. Elevations
2. Detail sections of typical composite members
3. Hardware, with mounting heights.
4. Anchorage and reinforcements
5. Expansion provisions
6. Glazing details
C. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for that
proposed product or material prior to installation.
D. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 5
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide entrance doors and storefront produced by a single
manufacturer capable of showing prior production of units similar to those required.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Check openings by field measurement before fabrication to ensure
proper fitting of work: show measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication
schedule with construction progress to avoid delay in the work. Where necessary, proceed
with fabrication without field measurement, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure
proper fit.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, only the following manufacturers may offer
f products that are to be included in the work:
a. U.S. Aluminum Corporation
b. Kawneer Company
C. Vistawall Architectural Products
2. Frame size to be 13/4" x 41h" x 0.125"; dark bronze finish
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum members: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the manufacturer for
strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish; comply with ASTM B221 for
extrusions and ASTM B 209 for sheet or plate.
B. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or other materials
warranted by the manufacturer to be non -corrosive and compatible with aluminum
components, hardware, anchors and other components.
1. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw -anchor into aluminum or non-magnetic
stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard non -corrosive pressed in
splined grommet nuts.
2. Exposed fasteners: Except where unavoidable for application for hardware, do not
use exposed fasteners. For the application of hardware, use fasteners that match the
finish of member or hardware being fastened.
a. Provide Phillips Head Machine Screws for exposed fasteners.
C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Where feasible, provide high -strength aluminum brackets and
reinforcements;. otherwise provide non-magnetic stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel
complying with ASTM A 386.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 5
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
D. Compression Weather-stripping: Provide the manufacturer's standard replaceable
compressible weather-stripping gaskets of molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000.
E. Sliding Weather-stripping: Provide the manufacturer's standard replaceable compressible
weather-stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum
strip backing, Complying with AAMA 701.2
F. Glass and Glazing materials: Glass and Glazing materials shall comply with requirements in
Section o8800 of these specifications.
2.4 COMPONENTS
A. Storefront Framing System: Provide inside/outside matched resilient flush glazed storefront
framing system with provisions for glass replacement. Shop fabricate and pre -assemble
frame components where possible.
B. Aluminum Door Frames: Fabricate tubular and channel frame assemblies, as indicated, with
welded or mechanical joints in accordance with manufacturer's standards; reinforce as
necessary to support required loads.
C. Stile and Rail type Aluminum Doors
1. Frame: Provide tubular frame members, fabricated with mechanical joints using
heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie -rods or j-bolts.
2. Design: Provide 1 3/4" thick doors of design as indicated with medium stile
(4 1/2" nominal).
3. Glazing: Fabricate doors to facilitate replacement of glass or panels, without
disassembly of stiles and rails. Provide Snap-On extruded aluminum glazing stops,
with exterior stops anchored for non -removal.
2.5 HARDWARE
A. General: Refer to Section o8700 for requirements for hardware items other than those
indicated to be provided by aluminum entrance manufacturer.
B. Provide manufacturer's heavy duty hardware units as indicated, scheduled, or required for
operation of each door, including the following items of sizes, number, and type
recommended by manufacturer for service required; finish to match door.
1. Offset pivot points: Provide offset pivot assemblies complying with ANSI A156.4,
Grade 1; provide exposed parts for cast aluminum alloy; provide an intermediate
pivot for doors over 7'-6" high.
2. Surface mounted Overhead Closers: Provide modern type surface mounted overhead
closers, with cover, for parallel arm type mounting, installation to comply with ANSI
A156.4, Grade 1. Closer shall also include STOP control to provide a maximum
opening distance. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for size of closer,
depending on door size, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use.
Closers shall meet all requirements for handicap use.
r 3. Keyed Cylinders: Refer to Section 08700 for requirements in this area.
4. Panic Hardware: Provide rim -type center latch bolt type panic exit device activated by
a full width crash bar; comply with UL 305.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 5
SECTION o8410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
5. Pull Handles: Provide standard aluminum pull handles.
6. Push bars: Provide the manufacturer's standard full door width single bar push bar.
7. Thresholds: Provide extruded aluminum threshold of size and design indicated in
mill finish, complete with anchors and clips, coordinated with pivots and floor
concealed closers. Threshold height shall not exceed 1/2" and shall conform to
requirements for handicap access.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Sizes of door and frame units, and profile requirements, are indicated on drawings.
B. Pre -fabrication: Before shipment to the project site, complete fabrication, assembly, finishing,
hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble
components only as necessary for shipment and installation.
1. Pre -glaze door and frame units to greatest extent possible.
2. Do not drill and tap for surface mounted hardware items until time of installation at
project site.
3. Perform fabrication operations, including cutting, fitting, forming, drilling, and
grinding of metal work to prevent damage to exposed finish surfaces. For hardware,
perform these operations prior to application of finishes.
C. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as required for hardware and necessary for performance
requirements, sag resistance, and rigidity.
D. Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with zinc chromate primer, bituminous paint,
or other separator that will prevent corrosion
E. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with hairline fit of contacting
members.
F. Uniformity of Finish: Abutting extruded aluminum members shall not have an integral color
or texture variation greater than half the range indicated on the samples submitted.
G. Fasteners: Conceal fasteners whenever possible.
H. Weather-stripping: For exterior doors, provide compression weather-stripping against fixed
stops; at other edges, provide sliding weather-stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised
into the door.
1. Provide EPDM or vinyl blade gasket weather-stripping in bottom door rail, adjustable
for contact with threshold.
2.7 FINISHES
A. Color Anodized Finish: Provide NAAMM AA-M12C22A41/A44, Class II (non-specular as
fabricated mechanical finish; chemical etch, medium matte, minimum thickness 0.7 mil)
integrally or electrolytically deposited colored anodic coating.
B. Color: Anodized Dark Bronze.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 5
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation
B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or
panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place.
Separate aluminum and other corrosive metal surfaces from sources of corrosion of
electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Comply with
requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to
AAMA ioY-85.
C. Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface mounted hardware items. Comply with
hardware manufacturer's instructions and template requirements. Use concealed fasteners
whenever possible.
D. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint fillers or
gaskets as indicated to provide weather -tight construction. Comply with the requirements of
Division 7 for sealant, gasket, and fillers.
E. Refer to "Glass and Glazing" Section o8800 for installation of glass and other panels
indicated to be glazed into doors and framing, and not pre -glazed by manufacturer.
3.2 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Adjust hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for
weather -tight closure.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean the completed system, inside and outside, promptly after installation, exercising care to
avoid damage to coatings.
B. Clean glass surfaces after installation, complying with requirements contained in the "Glass
and Glazing" Section o8800 for cleaning and maintenance. Remove excess glazing and
sealant compounds, dirt and other substances from aluminum surfaces.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period
to ensure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration,
other than normal weathering at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 5
SECTION o846o
AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS
Contract conditions and Division 1 govern this section.
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Contractor to provide and Install one of the following approved door systems as indicated
on drawings and specified herein.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's Acknowledgement Letter in accordance with Section 01300 —
Submittals.
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation
instructions, and recommendations for each type of automatic entrance door
require..
2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of
automatic entrance doors and associated components not included in
manufacturer's product data. Include the following:
Elevations
Hardware
Anchors and reinforcements
Expansion provisions
Glazing details
3. Templates and Diagrams: Furnish templates, diagrams and other data to
fabricators and installers of related work, as necessary for coordination of the
automatic door installation.
4. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and service data,
including the name, address and telephone number of the nearest service
representative.
5. Certification: Provide certified test results showing that the automatic entrance
door systems have been tested by a recognized testing laboratory or agency and
comply with manufacturer's specified performance characteristics
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's Qualification: Engage an installer who is an authorized representative of the
automatic entrance door manufacturer and has not less than 3 years experience in both
the installation and maintenance of the type of units required for the project. .
B. The installer shall maintain offices and repair or service facilities not more than 2 hours
normal travel time from the project site.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Check openings by field measurements before fabrication to ensure
proper fitting of work; show measurements on final shop drawings.
B. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work.
Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without measurements, and coordinate
fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 4
SECTION 0846o
AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS
2.0 PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
A. Horton
1. Horton Automatic #2110 O-SX-SX-O single slide doors. The slide -swing panel,
installed to the exterior of the fixed sidelight, shall swing out go degrees form any
position of slide movement and include a concealed closer to reclose door if
pushed open. System components include:
a. The system shall consist of sliding aluminum doors with fixed sidelights,
header, motor/gearbox operator, control box with safety reverse feature,
motion detector actuating, doorway holding beams (2) one @ 21" and
other at 54" from finish floor, continuous sweeps and weather-stripping
at jambs, head and sill, and continuous flush mounted threshold and
track. Break -away door stops, flush (integrally glazed) muntin bars flush
cart bars in sidelights, doors and center light, glass stops and recessed
pull handle at entry door muntin bar.
H. Stainless steel tubular guide rails (with one horizontal) and guide
posts (quantity may vary per project).
C. Bi-directional scan motion/presence detectors for one-way or two-way
traffic (as required) and safety devices in door openings to detect objects
present during closing cycle and recycle doors. Adjust for two-way traffic
at liquor store locations.
d. Aluminum extrusions shall be a minimum 0.125" wall thickness and have
a dark bronze anodized finish.
Door package shall be a standard as manufactured by Horton. All panic
device must comply with all Federal, State and Local Codes for panic
release. Doors shall be provided with a construction cylinder on the
exterior and a thumb turn lock on the interior.
f. Furnish all accessories required for automatic operation of doors.
Package shall be provided with a rocker switch "Hold Open/Off/Auto" to
be mounted in jamb. Concealed spring door closers, on -off hold open
switches, keyed entry switch (at entry door only), rim cylinder locks with
exterior cylinder guards and thumb -turn on interior side.
2.. Installation
Automatic door operators and accessories shall be installed by factory trained
personnel in strict compliance with the manufacturers' published
recommendations.
3. Warranty
All parts, controls, and labor provided by the automatic door equipment supplier
is covered under a i00% two (2) year warranty to Fidelis Realty Partners. All
service performed under this warranty will be at no charge to Fidelis Realty
Partners ,
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 4
SECTION o846o
AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS
' Inc. Manufacturers' warranties shall be provided to the Fidelis Realty Partners ,
Inc. Engineer after completion of work. The effective warranty date shall be the
same as the official store opening date.
4. This system and the installation/operating set up shall conform to the ADA
Accessibility Guidelines Section 4.13.12.
C. Stanley
1. Stanley "Dura-Glide" Series 30oo Bi-Parting automatic sliding entrance system
shall be purchased through an authorized distributor, and as manufactured by:
Stanley Magic Door, Division of:
The Stanley Works
Route 6 - Corner Hyde Road
Farmington, Connecticut o6032
Phone: 203-677-2861
a. The system shall consist of sliding aluminum doors, Fixed sidelights,
header, motor/gearbox operator, header, electro- mechanical operator,
actuating controls, doorway holding beam, nylon sweeps and weather-
stripping and continuous flush mounted threshold and track.
b. Actuating controls shall be Stanley standard directional sensors.
C. Aluminum extrusions shall be a minimum 0.125" wall thickness and have
a dark bronze anodized finish.
d. Door package shall be Stanley Model #9-3372 with OSXSXO PATTERN.
All panic device must comply with all Federal, State and Local Codes for
panic release. Doors shall be provided with a construction cylinder on
the exterior and a thumb turn lock on the interior.
e. Furnish all accessories required for automatic operation of doors
including keyed cylinder lock). "On/Off' toggle switch to be mounted in
header face cover to control door operator.
2. Installation
Automatic door operators and accessories shall be installed by factory trained
personnel in strict compliance with the manufacturers' published
recommendations.
3. Warranty
All parts, controls, and labor provided by the automatic door equipment supplier
is covered under a 100% two (2) year warranty to Fidelis Realty Partners All
service performed under this warranty will be at no charge to Fidelis Realty
Partners , Inc. Manufacturers' warranties shall be provided to the Fidelis Realty
Partners , Inc. representative after completion of work. The effective warranty
date shall be the same as the official store opening date.
4. This system and the installation/operating set up shall conform to the ADA
Accessibility Guidelines Section 4.13.12
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 4
SECTION o846o
AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ADJUSTING
A. After repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to 3 days use by normal
traffic (ioo to #oocycles), adjust door operators and controls for optimum operating
condition and safety, and for a weather -tight closure. Lubricate hardware, operating
equipment and other moving parts.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Clean glass and aluminum surfaces promptly after installation. Remove excess glazing
and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. Exercise care to avoid damage to
surfaces.
B. Comply with requirements contained in Section o8800 — Glass and Glazing for cleaning
and maintenance of glass.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction
period to ensure that automatic entrance doors will be without damage or deterioration,
other than normal weathering, at the time of substantial completion.
SECTION o8700
FINISH HARDWARE
PART i-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work included in this section shall include the furnishing of all items of finish
hardware as hereinafter specified or obviously necessary to complete the building,
except those items which are specifically excluded from this section of the
specification.
B. Finish hardware is defined as that which is used in building construction, particularly on or in
connection with doors, frames, cabinets and other movable members. It also has a finished
appearance as well as functional purpose and may be considered as a part of the decorative
treatment of a room or building.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Finish hardware in this section shall meet the following standards as established by the
American National Standard Institute, Inc. (ANSI) which is sponsored by the Builders
Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc. (BHMA). Product tests are to be administered by
the ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc., Underwriters Laboratories, or other official testing
laboratories which have been designated by BHMA for the testing of ANSI standards. The
standards latest revision will be in effect.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. After the award of a formal contract, FIVE (5) complete typewritten copies of the proposed
Finish Hardware Schedule shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. This schedule
shall be prepared using the "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule" as approved
and recommended by the Door and hardware Institute (DHI). After approval of the schedule,
the Hardware Supplier shall provide two (2) copies of the approved schedule to the Architect
for file and distribution purposes.
B. When submitting schedules for approval, include THREE (3) manufacturers' cut sheets on
each hardware item proposed. Index the cut sheets with the use of numbers or letters or a
combination of both, with the hardware schedule. The index numbers/letters are to be in the
right-hand, column on the same line as the respective manufacturers' numbers. All
manufacturers' numbers shall be indexed even when appearing more than once.
C. ANSI - Upon request of the Architect, the hardware manufacturers will issue letters of
compliance that their products meet with ANSI standards, have been tested, and are the
grades required in this specification.
D. Templates - The Hardware Supplier shall provide necessary templates and/or physical
hardware to all trades requiring them in order to cut, reinforce, or otherwise prepare their
material or product to receive the hardware item. This is required at all times and in all
places. If physical hardware is required by any manufacturer, the Hardware Supplier shall
ship to them such hardware via prepaid freight in sufficient time to prevent any delay in
execution of their work.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SECTION o8700
FINISH HARDWARE
E. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that does
not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the Owner, a
"Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be submitted for that
proposed product or material prior to installation.
F. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format in
Article 3 of General Conditions.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Hardware has been supplied herein by manufacturer's name, brand and catalog numbers for
the purpose of establishing a basis for quality, finish, design and operational function.
B. To insure a uniform basis of acceptable materials, it is the intention that only manufacturer's
items specified as "Acceptable and Approved" be furnished for use on this project.
C. Deviation from, or modification of items will be permitted only for special instances caused
by reason of construction characteristics and for the purpose of providing proper operational
function. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking any necessary deviations in order
that hardware shall fit and function properly.
D. Supplier - A recognized builders' Hardware Supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the
project's vicinity for a period not less than five (5) years, and who is or has in employment an
Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) in good standing as certified by the Door and
Hardware Institute or equivalent. This consultant shall have experience in preparation of
Architectural Hardware Specifications, estimation, detailing, ordering, servicing of
Architectural hardware in all its branches and will be available at reasonable times during the
course of the work project for hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect and Contractor.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. The finish hardware shall carry a limited warranty against defects in workmanship and
operation for a period of time of three (3) years or as listed below from date of acceptance.
No liability is to be assumed where damage or faulty operation is due to abuse, improper
usage, improper installation or failure to exercise normal maintenance.
B. The finish hardware shall be delivered in good condition, expeditiously as possible.
C. The finish hardware shall be wrapped and covered to eliminate any deterioration caused by
weather or freak occurrence.
PART i - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MATERIAL AND FINISHES
I
A. Butts and Hinges ANSI A156.1 Grade 1
B. Locks and Lock Trim ANSI A156.2 Grade 1
C. Exit Devices ANSI A156.3 Grade 1
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION o8700
FINISH HARDWARE
D. Door Controls - Closers ANSI A156.4 Grade 1
E. Auxiliary Lock/Assoc. Products ANSI A156.5 Grade 1
F. Architectural Door Trim ANSI A156.6
G. Template Hinge Dimensions ANSI A156.7
H. Mortise Lock and Latches ANSI A156.13
I. Closer Holder Release Devices
Auxiliary Hardware Grade 1
2.3 FINISH OF HARDWARE
A. Finish items shall be listed in the hardware schedule and shall conform to ANSI A156.18
unless otherwise specified. (Refer To Drawings).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. All items of hardware to be delivered to the job site shall be completely packaged with all
necessary screws, bolts, miscellaneous parts, instructions, and where necessary, installation
templates for manufacturer's suggested installation. They are to be clearly labeled for
convenient identification and their intended location in the building.
B. A representative of the General Contractor shall receive the hardware when delivered at the
job site. A dry, locked storage space complete with shelving, shall be set aside for the purpose
of unpacking, sorting out, checking and storage.
C. All hardware shall be handled in a manner to minimize marring, scratching or damage.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION o8800
GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1- GENERAL
i.i RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions,
and recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with specified requirements.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that,proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
CA. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be included in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. PPG Industries
b. Libbey- Owens Ford Company (LOF)
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Glass: Comply with Federal Specifications: DD-G-451-C.
1. Deliver with labels indicating type, quality, and thickness; do not remove until
accepted by Owner.
2. All exterior glass, including glass in slider doors exposed to outside, shall be
1/4" clear tint tempered plate glass.
3. Safety glazing materials shall be used in compliance with ALL Federal, State and
Local requirements. Safety glazing material shall be 1/4" TEMPERED plate glass.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 2
SECTION o8800
GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Glazing shall be by competent, well -qualified workmen in accordance with the Basic
Procedures set forth in the Glazing Manual of the F.G.J.A. and the instructions and
recommendations of the glass manufacturer.
B. Grip of storefront on glass shall not be less than 5/16" for 1/4" glass.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Clean both sides of glass. DO NOT use acid solution or water containing caustic soaps
and do not disturb edge seals.
B. Broken or cracked glass are not acceptable and shall be replaced at no expense.
C. At completion of work, glass, glazing material and frame material shall be clean, whole
and in a condition acceptable to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 09205
SOFFIT AND CEILING ACCESSORIES
PART i-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions,
and recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with specified requirements.
B. Samples: Submit samples of all materials to be installed on the project. Samples shall be
at least 6" long and indicate finish that will be used in the Work.
C. Shop Drawings: Include details of all installations and materials as they apply to the
Work.
D. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" (MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
E. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
( processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 CEILING / WALL REVEALS
A. Provide and install aluminum reveals as indicated on the drawings. Reveal widths
shall be as indicated on the drawings.
B. All reveals shall be by the same manufacturer, with different types as required for
proper installation at each condition.
C. Approved manufacturers are as follows:
1. MM Systems Corporation 1-800-241-346o
2. Fry Reglet Corporation 1-800-237-9773
2.3 CEILING / WALL VENTED REVEALS
A. Provide and install aluminum vented reveals as indicated on the drawings. Vented
reveal widths shall be as indicated on the drawings.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page i of 2
SECTION 09205
SOFFIT AND CEILING ACCESSORIES
Q. B. All reveals shall be by the same manufacturer, with different types as required for
proper installation at each condition.
C. Approved manufacturers are as follows:
1. MM Systems Corporation 1-800-241-346o
2. Fry Reglet Corporation 1-800-237-9773
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all accessories in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the
drawings and specifications.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 09210
METAL LATH
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Metal furring and lathing for cement plaster work.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. MLSFA - Specifications for Metal Lath and Furring
B. MLSFA - Technical Spec No.12, Metal Lath Suspended Ceiling
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LATH
A. For exterior Walls with Gypsum Sheathing
1. Self -furring type, 3.4 # diamond mesh, copper bearing steel with
galvanized coating.
2. Rust -resistant paint NOT acceptable for exterior installations
2.2 LATHING ACCESSORIES
A. Provide corner beads, bullnose beads, casing beads, control joints, and
expansion joints. Provide all accessories required for complete installation.
1. Finish for exterior Installations: Zinc required. Galvanized Steel is
NOT acceptable for exterior installations.
B. Anchorages: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other approved metal supports, of
type and size to suit application and to rigidly secure lathing accessories in
place.
1. Finish for exterior Installations: Zinc or galvanized steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Erect metal furring and lath as required for cement plaster in accordance with
Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association.
B. Install members true to lines and levels and to provide surface flatness with
maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF WALL FURRING MATERIALS
A. Erect wall furring directly attached to masonry and concrete walls.
C,
B. Steel Stud and Gypsum Sheathing:
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page i of 2
SECTION 09210
METAL LATH
3.3 INSTALLATION OF LATHING MATERIALS
A. Attachment of Lath:
1. Tightly stretch metal lath with long dimension perpendicular to supports.
2. Lap all sides minimum 1 1/2 inches. Stagger joints.
3. Adequately secure all sides with tie wire where they occur between supports.
4. Securely attach lath to metal supports using tie wire at maximum 6 inches on centers.
B. At internal angles:
I. Continuously reinforce all internal angles with cornerite, except where the metal lath
forms the angle reinforcement.
2. Fasten cornerite at extreme edges only.
C. At corners:
L Place 4 inch wide x 12 inch long strips of metal lath diagonally at corners of all
openings.
2. Secure rigidly in place.
D. At Junctions of Dissimilar Materials:
1. Place 4 inch wide strips of metal lath at all junctions of dissimilar materials.
2. Place parallel with dissimilar materials.
3. Secure rigidly in place.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL JOINTS
A. Do not exceed 12 feet in either direction. Do not exceed 125 sq. ft. in area.
B. Lath and channel connection shall be broken behind control joints.
C. Cut joints to lengths as necessary with fine toothed hacksaw.
D. Attach control joints to metal lath with wire tie on alternate legs on 6 inch centers.
E. Splice joints together with 18 gauge tie wire inserted joints together with 18 gauge tie wire
inserted into openings provided with keylock section.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF MOLDINGS
A. Install in as long as possible to reduce joints. Miter all corners. Attach in place 24 inches o.c.
maximum.
B. Overlap ends of drip -screed (make watertight).
C. Prevent contact of aluminum drip -screed with metal lath with paper or felt.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 1-GENERAL
C 1.1 SUMMARY
A. Cement plaster applied to metal lath.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
2. ASTM C6 - Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime
3. ASTM C2o6 - Special Finishing Hydrated Lime
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASECOAT MATERIALS
A. Cement: Type 1 Portland Cement, ASTM C150; gray.
B. Hydrated Lime: Normal finishing type, ASTM C6.
C. Aggregate: Natural sand, ASTM C35•
D. Water: Clean, potable, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic or other
deleterious substances.
2.2 FINISHING PLASTER MATERIALS
A. Cement: Type 1 Portland Cement, ASTM C150; gray
B. Hydrated Lime: Normal finishing type, ASTM C6.
C. Aggregate: Sand.
D. Water: Clean, potable, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic or other
deleterious substances.
2.3 CEMENT PLASTER MIXES
A. Basecoats (Scratch and Brown):
1. Portland Cement: 1 sack
2. Masonry Cement: 2 sacks
3. Sand: 9 cubic feet
4. Fiberglass Strands: Alkali resistant type, 1-1/21bs. Add strands after scratch coat is
thoroughly dry -mixed.
B. Finish Coat:
1. Portland Cement: i part (by volume)
2. Hydrated Lime: 1-1/2 parts
3. Sand: 3 parts
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 2
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 3 - EXECUTION
l
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to application, ensure mechanical and electrical services behind surfaces to receive cement
plaster have been tested and approved.
B. Ensure metal lath has been properly installed and rigidly secured.
3.2 PLASTER THICKNESS
A. Plaster on Metal & Self -Furring Lath: (3 coat work)
i. Two basecoats:1/4" thick each
2. Finish Coat: 1/4" thick minimum
3. Total Thickness: 3/4"
3.3 PLASTERING
A. Plaster Mixing:
1. Mix only as much plaster as can be used in one hour.
2. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water.
3. Protect mixes from frost, dust and evaporation.
4. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred.
B. Expansion and Control Joints:
1. Place at locations indicated on drawings.
2. Place at location to divide areas into panels not exceeding 125 sq. ft. in area.
C. Basecoat Applications
1. Apply scratch and brown coats to specified thickness.
2. Maintain surface flatness, with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in io feet.
3. Moist cure and allow basecoats to slowly dry for minimum period of 48 hours.
4. Allow basecoats to cure for minimum 7 days prior to application of finish coat.
D. Finish Coat Application:
1. Provide surfaces with a finish to match the approved sample panel.
2. Evenly dampen basecoats, to ensure uniform suction. Apply finish coat to specified
thickness.
3. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
PART i - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
B. Asbestos and.PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING
A. 1/2" thick tongue and groove sheathing board complying with ASTM C 79
B. Material for exterior wall & soffit gypsum sheathing (to receive EIFS finish) shall be Dens
Glass Gold or Approved Equal.
2.3 DRYWALL
A. Thickness: 1/2", unless noted otherwise.
1. Where required to be rated material per building codes or drawings, thickness
shall be 5/8" unless noted otherwise.
2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Corner Angles: Install metal angles, 21/2" x 21/2" x 24 gauge corrosion resistant steel in
lengths as required.
B. Control Joints: Standard "V" molding
Joint No. 093 by USG or approved equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
/ A. All materials shall be delivered in their original unopened packages and stored in an
`,. enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 1 of 3
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
B. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises.
C. Store all Gypsum panels flat for safety and to keep the material in good condition.
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. In cold weather conditions (during panel joint finishing), temperatures within the
building shall be maintained within the range of 55 to 7o degrees Fahrenheit.
B. Adequate ventilation shall be provided to carry off excess moisture.
3.3 GYPSUM PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Positions all ends and edges of all gypsum panels over framing members, except where
joints are at right angles to framing members as in perpendicular application or when end
joints are back -blocked.
B. Apply gypsum panels first to the ceiling (where applicable) and then to the walls. Extend
ceiling board into comers and make firm contact with top plate. To minimize end joints,
use panels of maximum practical lengths. Fit ends and edges closely, but not forced
together. Stagger end joints in successive courses with joints on opposite sides of a
partition placed on different studs.
C. Attach panels to framing members by power driven screws. Space fasteners no farther
that 3/8" from edges and ends of panels. Drive fasteners in field of panels first, working
towards ends and edges. Hold panel in firm contact with framing while driving with
fasteners. Drive fastener heads slightly below surface of gypsum panels in a uniform
dimple without breaking face paper.
D. Cut ends, edges, scribe or make cutouts within field of panels in a workmanlike manner.
Gypsum board should be cut to size using a knife and a straight edge.
E. Install trim at all internal and external angles formed by the intersection of either panel
surfaces or other surfaces. Apply corner bead to all vertical or horizontal external comers
in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
3.4 CONTROL JOINT APPLICATION
A. Attach Zinc Control Joint with 9/16" "G" staples spaced no more than 6" o.c. or drywall
screws. Cut end joints square and align for neat fit. Remove protective tape when joint
treatment is complete.
B. Place control joints at maximum 30' o.c. and at all angles not equal to 90 degrees.
3.5 JOINT TREATMENT APPLICATION
A. Mix joint compound in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Apply joint compound in a thin uniform layer to all joints and angles to be reinforced.
Immediately apply Joint tape centered over joint and seated to compound. Sufficient
compound (approximately 1/32" to 1/64") must remain under the tape to provide proper
bond. Follow immediately with a thin skim coat to embed tape, but not to function as a
second coat. Fold and embed tape properly in all interior angles to provide a true angle.
The tape and embedding coat must be thoroughly dry prior to application of second coat.
POST OAK SQUARE - FAQADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 3
SECTION 09250
C. Apply second coat of joint compound over embedding coat, filling panel taper flush with
surface; cover tape and feather out at least 2" beyond first coat. On joints with no taper,
cover the tape and feather out at least 4" on either side of tape. Allow second coat to dry
thoroughly prior to application of finish coat.
D. Spread finish coat evenly over and extend out 2" beyond second coat on all joints and
feather to a smooth uniform finish. Do not allow finished joint to protrude beyond plane
of the surface. Where necessary, sand lightly between coats and following final
application of compound to provide a smooth surface ready for finish or decoration.
When sanding, take care not to roughen paper face.
3.6 FINISHING FASTENERS
A. Apply an all-purpose compound to fastener depressions as the first coat. Follow with a
minimum of two additional coats of topping or all-purpose compound; leaving all
depressions level with surface.
3.7 FINISHING BEADS AND TRIMS
A. Apply compound to both sides of corner, extending 2" on each side for outer corners and
1 1/2" for inside corners. Cut bead to desired length; align tight to ceiling and press firmly
with fingers along length of comer to set. Do not bend bead. Run taping knife over
comer at a 45 degree angle with even pressure. Remove excess compound using knife to
eliminate air bubbles under paper. Allow joint time to dry.
B. For outer comers, apply another coat of compound to both sides, feathering out 5" to 6"
on each side. Let dry; sand lightly as necessary. For inner comers, apply fill coat to one
side, feathering out i" past previous coat. Let coat dry. Apply fill coat to other side using
same procedure. Let coat dry. Sand lightly where necessary.
C. For outer comers, apply finishing coat, feathering out 8" from nose of bead. Draw knife
along one side of bead with one edge resting on nose of bead and other surface on
wallboard. Repeat for other side. Let coat dry. Sand and prime area. For inner comers,
apply finishing coat to one side, feathering i" past previous coat. Let coat dry. Apply
finishing coat to other side. Let coat dry. Sand and Prime area.
3.8 FINISHING EXTERIOR JOINTS (AT SOFFITS AND CEILINGS)
A. Mix Setting Type (Durabond or equal) Joint Compound according to directions on the
bag. Do not over -mix or use in temperatures under 45 degrees Fahrenheit.
B. Pre -fill joints of gypsum panels with compound. After pre -fill has hardened, embed joint
tape centered over joint. When compound has hardened, immediately apply finish coat.
C. Apply setting type Joint Compound over flanges of Zinc control joints, metal beads and
trim. Spot fastener heads.
D. After filling coat has hardened, apply finishing coat of compound. Completely cover all
joints, angles, beads and fasteners. Remove protective tape from all control joints.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 3
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
PART i - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data, installation instructions,
and recommendations for each product. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with specified requirements.
B. Hazardous Materials Notification: In the event no product or material is available that
does not contain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials as determined by the
Owner, a "Material Safety Data Sheet" ( MSDS) equivalent to OSHA Form 20 shall be
submitted for that proposed product or material prior to installation.
C. Asbestos and PCB Certificate: After completion of installation, but prior to Substantial
Completion, Contractor shall certify in writing that products and materials installed, and
processes used, do not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), using format
in Article 3 of General Conditions.
1.3 COLORS AND SAMPLES
A. Initial Color Section Samples:
1. Two (2) 8" X 8" chips for each color and sheen of paint required will be furnished
to the Architect by the Contractor.
B. Final Color Selection Samples:
Samples of each color selected, plus one shade variation lighter and darker, shall
be painted on the surface designated for each color.
Samples for wall shall be a minimum of 8'-o" x 8'-o" in area. Accents shall be
width of field sample and height of accent shown on the drawings.
C. Specimens shall be marked as follows:
1. Manufacturers color number and name of color.
2. Manufacturer's name and type of paint (latex, oil, vinyl, etc.)
3. Number of coats required.
4. Project name.
5. Brief description of the locations of the surface to be painted, (room, ceiling,
wainscot, east wall, west wall, etc.)
6. Contractor's name, date submitted for approval and submitter's initials.
7. Space for approval date and initials of personnel granting approval.
8. Whenever possible, specimens shall be on the same type of material as that on
which it is to be used.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page i of 6
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
9. In all instances, wood stain specimens, when used shall be on the same kind of
wood as that on which it is to be used.
10. One of each approved specimen will be returned to the Contractor.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. All painting and coating shall be warranted for one year against becoming unserviceable
or objectionable in appearance as a result of being defective or non -conforming. Without
limiting the warranty scope, the work shall be warranted not to:
1. Noticeably discolor, yellow, streak, bloom, bleach or darken. Concrete sealer
shall be warranted for 5 years against yellowing.
2. Change sheen with excessive speed or irregularity.
3. Peel, crack, blister or alligator.
4. Release from the substrate or intermediate coats.
5. Chalk or dust excessively.
6. Stay tacky or become tacky.
7. Mildew
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 UNAUTHORIZED MATERIALS
A. Materials and products required for work of this section shall not contain asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials identified by the Owner.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Refer to Elevations for areas to receive paint and type of paints to use. Types of paints are
listed by code numbers that refer to matching code numbers in Section 2.2
B. "Paint" includes emulsions, enamels, paints, stains, varnished, sealers, fillers and other
coatings, whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
C. Pigments shall be well ground, paint shall not settle badly, cake or thicken in container,
shall be easily mixed to a smooth consistency and have easy brushing properties.
D. Paint shall be ready -mixed, except that tinting and thinning may be done on the job.
E. All materials shall be delivered on the job in original unopened containers with labels and
tags intact.
E. Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are
compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
applications, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
F. The same manufacturer shall be used for the finish coat as was used for the prime coat for
any one area. Prime coat shall be tinted to the approximate shade of the finish coat. All
coats must be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. When items to be
painted have received a shop coat of paint, the prime coat and finish coat called for are in
addition to the shop coat.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 2 of 6
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
painted have received a shop coat of paint, the prime coat and finish coat called for are in
addition to the shop coat.
G. Use materials only in accordance with the manufacturers' directions with quality
workmanship on surfaces properly prepared according to its type.
H. Paints or coats are to be applied under conditions conducive to good result within
approved limits for temperature, humidity, ventilation and room condition
2.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore)
2. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (PPG)
3. Pratt and Lambert (P & L)
4. The Sherwin Williams Company (S-W)
B. Materials must be of quality line as specified. "Professional" or "economy" lines will not
be acceptable.
2.4 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING SYSTEMS
CA. Acceptable Manufacturer Brands By Type:
1. (P-1) Exterior and Interior Steel and Aluminum Primer
a.
Moore
- Ironclad Retardo Rust Inhibitive Paint #163
b.
PPG
- #6-204 Zinc Chromate Primer
C.
P&L
- #E155 Tech Gard Zinc Chromate Primer
d.
S-W
- Zinc Chromate Primer #B50Y1 for alumminum
- Kromik Metal Primer for ferrous metals
2. (P-2) Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer
a.
Moore
- IronClad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer #155
b.
PPG
- Speedhide Galvanized Steel Primer #6209
C.
P&L
- Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer #Z13o8
- Interior Trim Primer #E135
d.
S-W
- #B5oW3 Galvite Primer
3. (P-3) Exterior Masonry Block Filler
a.
Moore
- Moorcraft Interior & Exterior Block Filler #173
b.
PPG
- #6 - 7 Masonry Block Filler
C.
P&L
- Primafil #200
d.
S-W
- Heavy Duty Block Filler #B42W46
4. (P-4) Exterior Concrete Wall Panel Coating
a. Thoro - "Thoro-coat" aggregated texture, Heavy coarse finish, or
approved equal.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 3 of 6
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
5. (P-7) Exterior Traffic Paint
a.
Moore
- M58 Safety and Zone Marking Latex
b:
PPG
- Zone & Traffic Marking Paint
C.
P&L
- Traffic Paint
d.
S-W
- Pro -mar Traffic Marking Paint B29 Series
6. (P-8) Exterior Gloss Enamel
a.
Moore
- Impervo Enamel #133
b.
PPG
- #6-252 Series
C.
P&L
- Effecto Enamel
d.
S-W
- Industrial Enamel B54 Series
7. (P-ii)
Exterior Primer and Finish, Semi -Gloss
a.
Moore
- Primer: Moore's Latex Exterior Primer #102
- Finish: MoorGlo Latex House & Trim Paint #o96
b.
PPG
- #78-45 Sun -Proof Acrylic Semi -Gloss Trim
C.
P&L
- Aqua Royal Latex House & Trim Finish
d.
S-W
- Metalatex Semi -Gloss Enamel B42 Series
8. (P-12) Exterior Pipe Insulation Paint (Insulation paint and pipe insulation shall
be of the same manufacturer, one of those listed below.)
Armaflex Finish
Rubatex #374 Finish
9. (P-13) Epoxy glazing
a. Moore - M43/M44 Acrylic Epoxy Gloss Coating
b. PPG - #16-800/goo Series Water Based Epoxy
C. P&L - Tech -Gard Waterborne Epoxy
d. S-W - Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy
10. (W-1) Special Washing
Galvanized metal, including Zincgrip-Paintgrip to be washed with any fast
evaporating solvent such as V.M.P., Naptha, or Xylol. After washing, let dry
thoroughly.
11. (E-i) Special Etching
Galvanized metal (except Zincgrip-Paintgrip) shall be etched after washing and
before painting with a solution of one (i) lb. copper sulphate to one (1) gallon of
water.
Solution to be thoroughly rinsed with clear water after etching action is
completed and then allowed to dry completely before applying prime coat.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 STORAGE
A. All materials used on the job shall be stored in a single place.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 4 of 6
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the designated storage space neat and
clean and for the repair of any damage by said Contractor to the area of it's surroundings.
C. All soiled or used rags, waste, etc. must be removed from the building at the end of each
work day and every precaution taken, by the Contractor to avoid the danger of fire.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Nail holes, splits or scratches shall be puttied or spackled smooth after prime coat.
B. Unpainted or shop coated steel or iron shall be washed free of grease, dirt and oil with
petroleum solvents, the primed or spot primed where metal is exposed, with rust
inhibitive primer after removing any rust which may have formed.
C. Mill primed and unfinished millwork shall be sanded smooth.
D. Drop cloths shall be provided and full precaution taken to prevent paint materials from
falling on, marring any adjacent surfaces.
E. Knots and pitch streaks shall be covered with orange shellac, aluminum paint or resin
sealer.
F. Poured and cured concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of form oils or coating compounds
using the method of treatment as recommended by the manufacturer of the particular
form oil or compound used.
CG. All surfaces requiring finishing shall be thoroughly cleaned and dry prior to painting.
3.3 WORKMANSHIP
A. All materials shall be applied and put on neatly so as to dry uniformly to the colors and
sheen specified, free from runs, sags, wrinkles, shiners, streaks and brush marks.
B. All materials shall be applied by skilled workmen and in accordance with the printed
directions of the manufacturer.
1. Any thinning required shall be done in a manner and exclusively with the type
reducer recommended by said manufacturer.
2. During the application and drying of interior paint, a minimum temperature of
65 degrees Fahrenheit shall be maintained unless otherwise indicated on the
printed directions of the manufacturer of the paint being applied.
3. The temperature shall be held as constant as possible to prevent condensation.
4. Adequate ventilation shall be provided at tall times so that the humidity cannot
rise above the dew point of the coldest wall.
C. Exterior painting shall not be done while the surface is damp, or during cold, rainy or
frosty weather, or when the temperature is below 5o degrees Fahrenheit.
i. Avoid painting surfaces while they are exposed to hot sun.
2. Allow paint to dry hard between coats and sand smooth all varnish and enamel
undercoats prior to recoating.
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 5 of 6
SECTION o99oo
PAINTS AND COATINGS
3. Access doors, register, pipes, ducts, etc., to be painted shall be painted the same
color as adjacent walls unless otherwise indicated in the Plans and Specifications.
4. Covering shall be complete.
D. When color, stain, or undercoats show through the final coat of paint the work shall be
covered by additional coats until the surface is of uniform color and appearance and
coverage is complete.
E. Where two or more coats of paint are specified, the coat prior to the finish coat shall be
applied noticeably lighter in shade than that of the final coat.
F. Hardware, accessories, fixtures and similar items placed prior to painting shall be
removed or adequately protected during painting and replaced on completion of painting.
G. At completion touch up and restore finish where damaged or defaced, remove all paint
where it has been spilled, splashed, splattered on surfaces, including fixtures, glass,
furniture fittings, etc. leave job in a first class condition.
END OF SECTION
POST OAK SQUARE - FACADE REMODEL
Page 6 of 6
,,BUILDING PERMIT .
CITY.OF COLLEGE STATION
1101 TEXAS AVENUE, CO1jLEGE STATION, TX-177840
PHONE: (979)764-3570 FAX: (9:79)764-3496
http://bpinspect.cstx.gov
------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Application Number
Application pin number . . .
Property Address . . . . . .
Property ID:
R #•
Tenant nbr, name . . . . . .
Application type description
Subdivision Name . . . . . .
Property Use . . . . . . . .
Property Zoning . . . . . . .
Application valuation . . . .
07-00000397
070047
1100 HARVEY RD
514300-0001-0020
R87856
Date 7/18/07
EXTERIOR FACADE REMODEL
COMMERCIAL, REMODEL/RENOVATION
POST OAK SQUARE
Owner Contractor
POST OAK SQUARE PARTNERS OWNER
19 BRIAR HOLLOW LN
STE 100
HOUSTON TX 770272801
--- Structure Information 000 000 EXTERIOR FACADE REMODEL ONLY
Construction Type . . . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE
Occupancy Type . . . . . . MERCANTILE
Other struct info . . . . . IMPACT/PRORATA FEES PAID NA
HEATED AREA 1.00
INTERIOR WALL TYPE SHEETROCK
TAZ 259.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT
Additional desc . . GS
Permit pin number . 513887
Permit Fee . . . . 1030.00 Plan Check Fee .00
Issue Date . . . . 7/18/07 Valuation . . . . 290000
Expiration Date . . 1/14/08
Qty Unit Charge Per Extension
BASE FEE 460.00
190.00 3.0000 THOU BLDG, VAL 100001-500000 570.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Notes and Comments
Permit Number provided by the COOS shall be conspicuously
posted in the lower right hand corner of the banner.
Shall be mounted parallel to the face of a building or
permanent structure.
Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or
services available within the building or tenant lease
space to which the banner is attached.
----------------------- -- -- -=--------- -------= -------------
BUILDING DEPT RE EN T -
APPLICANT: ,.
BUILDING PERMIT
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
1101 TEXAS AVENUE,, COIiLEGE STATION„ TX r77840
PHONE: (979)764-3570 FAX: (979)764-3496
http://bpinspect.cstx.gov
Application Number . . . . . 07-00000397
Application pin number . . . 070047
Page 2
Date 7/18/07
Special Notes and Comments
Shall not be located within public road ROW (State or
Local) .
Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other
opening inteded for ingress or for needed ventilation or
light.
Shall not exceed the top of the structure to which it is
attached.
Shall advertise only the name of, uses of, or goods or
services available within the building, or tenant lease
space, to which the banner is attached.
Shall be mounted parallel to the face of the building.
Shall not be cantilevered away from the structure.
Shall not extend more than one foot from any exterior
building face, mansard, awning, or canopy.
Shall not obstruct any window, door, stairway, or other
opening intended for ingress or for needed ventilation or
light.
Shall not be attached to any tree, fence, or public utility
pole.
PROVIDE EXTERIOR LANDING LEVEL WITH THE INTERIOR FLOOR FOR
REQUIRED EXIT DOOR(S)
Assure Proper GFI Locations, Including One Within 25' Of
Outside A/C Unit
PROVIDE A KNOX BOX FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS.
All outdoor lighting must be in compliance with Section
7.10, Outdoor lighting Standards of the City's Unified
Development Ordinance
All roof and ground -mounted mechanical equipment shall be
sreened from view or isolated so as not to be visible from
any public right-of-way or residential district within 150
feet of the subject lot, measured from a point five feet
above grade. Such screening shall be coordinated with the
building architecture and scale to maintain a unified
appearance. Acceptable methods of screening rooftop
equipment may include, but are not limited to encasement,
parapet walls, or partition screens.
COLLEGE STATION ELECTRICAL DIVISION REQUESTS THAT THE METER
CAN/ELECTRICAL SERVICE DISCONNECT BE LOCATED ON THE
STRUCTURE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE SECONDARY FEEDER
CONDUIT FROM THE TRANSFORMER.
(see site plan for location of conduit or contact
BUILDING DE
APPLICANT:
BUILDING PERMIT
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
1101 TEXAS AVENUE, COLLEGE STATION; TX q7840
PHONE: (979)764-3570 FAX: (979)764-3496
http://bpinspect.cstx.gov
Application Number . . . . . 07-00000397
Application pin number . . . 070047
Special Notes and Comments
Page 3
Date 7/18/07
electrical division)
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 10:00 PM AND
7:00 AM MUST COMPLY WITH THE NOISE ORDINANCE (MAX. 55 DBA)
PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE ON EXIT DOORS
If PEX water supply piping is sleeved below the slab, seal
annular space at ends with caulk, foam or other means.
Also assure proper protection of pipe to U.V. light.
ANY CHANGES OR ALTERATIONS TO SUBMITTED PLANS MUST BE
RESUBMITTED AND APPROVED BEFORE WORK IS DONE IN ORDER TO
ASSURE CODE COMPLIANCE
POST PERMIT CARD ON JOB SITE
AS PER THE ZONING ORDINANCE SECTION 12.3.L; ATTACHED
SIGNS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN ONE FOOT AWAY
FROM EXTERIOR BUILDING FACE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS OVER $50,000 REQUIRE SUBMISSION TO
THE STATE FOR ACCESSIBILITY REVIEW - CONTACT TDLR
(512) 463-3211 FOR MORE INFORMATION
TEMPERED GLASS REQUIRED IN WINDOWS WITHIN 24" OF DOORS IN
ADJACENT WALLS
ALL PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND HVAC (mechanical) WORK MUST
BE PERFORMED BY LICENSED CONTRACTORS. CONTACT BUILDING
DEPARTMENT FOR INSPECTIONS PRIOR TO COVERING ANY WORK
PLYWOOD MUST BE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED AND USED ONLY IN
APPROVED LOCATIONS THAT COMPLY WITH TYPE II-B CONSTRUCTION
OF THE 2003 IBC.
SPECIAL INSPECTION REPORTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED FOR
ALL STRUCTURAL WELDED AND HIGH -STRENGTH BOLT CONNECTIONS.
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS DURING INSTALLATION AND A FINAL REPORT
DUE PRIOR TO CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OR CERTIFICATE OF
OCCUPANCY.
Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due
---------------------------------------------------------
Permit Fee Total 1030.00 1030.00 .00 .00
Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00
Grand Total 1030.00 1030.00 .00 .00
---------------------- ---- --- - ------------------------------- - - - - - -
BUILDING DEPT E ENT T E
APPLICANT:
�For Office Use Only
APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT DATE:' j I I W `�LrRCC REG
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
UA
(* ff 1101 TEXAS AVENUE APPLICATION # J`� 1
COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840 TEMP POLE #
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION (979) 764-3570 (979) 764-3496 FAX
Planning dDrvelopment Services
WWW.CSTX.GOV
ADDRESS/LOCATION; 1.1.00 Harvey Road College Station, Texas 77840
LOT 2R BLOCK 1 SUBDIVISION "PT OF POST OAK SQUARE CENTER"
SEC/PH
BUSINESS/OWNER NAME: FIDELIS REALTY PARTNERS PHONE: (713) 623-6800
CONTRACTOR/HOMEOWNER: OUT FOR BID
CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: OUT FOR BID
ELECTRICIAN: OUT FOR BID
HVAC: OUT FOR BID
PHONE:
PLUMBER: OUT FOR BID
_ GOOD CENTS (Residential only):
CLASS OF WORK
ACCESSORY/STORAGE LOCATION RE -ROOF
ADDITION MOVING x SHELL ONLY
x DEMOLITION (Asbestos Survey) NEW CONSTRUCTION * SLAB ONLY
DUPLEX (Landscape Plans x REMODEL/RENOVATION* SWIMMING POOL
Required)
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Exterior facade remodel only""1
STRUCTURE USE: Mercantile
HOMEOWNER ASSOCIATION/ARCHITECTUAL OR DESIGN REVIEW COMMITTEE APPROVAL:
TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD (TAS) PROJECT REGISTRATION# EABPRJA78009910
O•�� VALUATION:_$290,000 TOTAL AREA:N/A HEATED AREA:N/A
GIB _ (Cost of Labor and Materials)
❑ PUBLIC SEWER
SEPTIC/TREATMENT SYSTEM
❑ SEWER TAP:
11 WATER TAP:
❑ OTHER TAP:
❑ TEMP POLE
GARAGE TYPE
SIZE
SIZE
SIZE
SINGLE
ATTACHED
SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT:
NUMBER OF BEDROOMS: N/A
NUMBER OF BATHROOMS: N/A
INTERIOR WALL TYPE: N/A
EXTERIOR WALL TYPE: PLASTER/E.I.F.S./STONE ON
MTL. STUDS
FOUNDATION TYPE: EXISTING
ROOF TYPE: SINGLE PLY
DOUBLE TRIPLE
I�TACHED CARPORT
*If proposed work involves new comfn&cfaltonKruction or facade improvements/renovations to an existing
commercial property, building elevations are required.
Official Use Only
ents:
(2)% e7e✓ ES or 0
ADMINISTRATION
101.4 Compliance. Compliance with this code shall be deter-
mined in accordance with Sections 101.4.1 and 101.4.2.
101.4.1 Residential buildings. For residential buildings the
following shall be used as the basis for compliance assess-
ment: a systems approach for the entire building (Chapter
4), an approach based on performance of individual compo-
nents of the building envelope (Chapter 5), an approach
based on performance of the total building envelope (Chap-
ter 5), an approach based on acceptable practice for each en-
velope component (Chapter 5), an approach by prescriptive
specification for individual components of the building en-
velope (Chapter 5), or an approach based on simplified, pre-
scriptive specification (Chapter 6) where the conditions set
forth in Section 101.4.1.1 or 101.4.1.2 are satisfied.
101.4.1.1 Detached one- and two-family dwellings.
When the glazing area does not exceed 15 percent of the
gross area of exterior walls.
101.4.1.2 Residential buildings, Group R-2, R-4 or
townhouses. When the glazing area does not exceed 25
percent of the gross area of exterior walls.
101.4.2 Commercial buildings. For commercial buildings,
a prescriptive or performance -based approach (Chapter 7)
or as specified by acceptable practice (Chapter 8) shall be
used as the basis for compliance assessment.
SECTION 102 '
MATERIALS, SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
102.1 General. Materials, equipment and systems shall be
identified in a manner that will allow a determination of their
compliance with the applicable provisions of this code.
102.2 Materials, equipment and systems installation. All in-
sulation materials, caulking and weatherstripping, fenestration
assemblies, mechanical equipment and systems components,
and water -heating equipment and system components shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation in-
structions.
102.3 Maintenance information. Required regular mainte-
nance actions shall be clearly stated and incorporated on a
readily accessible label. Such label shall include the title or
publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for
that particular model and type of product. Maintenance instruc-
tions shall be furnished for equipment that requires preventive
maintenance for efficient operation.
102.4 Insulation installation. Roof/ceiling, floor, wall cavity
and duct distribution systems insulation shall be installed in a
manner that permits inspection of the manufacturer's R-value
identification mark.
102.4.1 Protection of exposed foundation insulation. In-
sulation applied to the exterior of foundation walls and
around the perimeter of slab -on -grade floors shall have a
rigid, opaque and weather -resistant protective covering to
prevent the degradation of the insulation's thermal perfor-
mance. The protective covering shall cover the exposed area
of the exterior insulation and extend a minimum of 6 inches
(153 mm) below grade.
102.5 Identification. Materials, equipment and systems shall
be identified in accordance with Sections 102.5.1, 102.5.2 and
102.5.3.
102.5.1 Building envelope insulation. A thermal resis-
tance (R) identification mark shall be applied by the manu-
facturer to each piece of building envelope insulation 12
inches (305 mm) or greater in width.
Alternatively, the insulation installer shall provide a
signed and dated certification for the insulation installed in
each element of the building envelope, listing the type of in-
sulation installations in roof/ceilings, the manufacturer and
the R-value. Forblown-in or sprayed insulation, the installer
shall also provide the initial installed thickness, the settled
thickness, the coverage area and the number of bags in-
stalled. Where blown -in or sprayed insulation is installed in
walls, floors and cathedral ceilings, the installer shall pro-
vide a certification of the installed density and R-value. The
installer shall post the certification in a conspicuous place
on the job site.
102.5.1.1 Roof/ceiling insulation. The thickness of
roof/ceiling insulation that is either blown in or sprayed
shall be identified by thickness markers that are labeled
in inches or millimeters installed at least one for every
300 square feet (28 m2) throughout the attic space. The
markers shall be affixed to the trusses or joists and
marked with the minimum initial installed thickness and
minimum settled thickness with numbers a minimum of
1 inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic
access. The thickness of installed insulation shall meet or
exceed the minimum initial installed thickness shown by
the marker.
102.5.2 Fenestration product rating, certification and la-
beling. U-factors of fenestration products (windows, doors
and skylights) shall be determined in accordance with
NFRC 100 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and la-
beled and certified by the manufacturer. The solar heat gain
coefficient (SHGC) of glazed fenestration products (win-
dows, glazed doors and skylights) shall be determined in ac-
cordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited, independent
laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manufacturer.
Where a shading coefficient for a fenestration product is
used, it shall be determined by converting the product's
SHGC, as determined in accordance with NFRC 200, to a
shading coefficient, by dividing the SHGC by 0.87. Such
certified and labeled U-factors and SHGCs shall be ac-
cepted for purposes of determining compliance with the
building envelope requirements of this code.
When a manufacturer has not determined product U-fac-
tor in accordance with NFRC 100 for a particular product
line, compliance with the building envelope requirements of
this code shall be determined by assigning such products a
default U-factor in accordance with Tables 102.5.2(1) and
102.5.2(2). When a SHGC or shading coefficient is used for
code compliance and a manufacturer has not determined
product SHGC in accordance with NFRC 200 for a particu-
lar product line, compliance with the building envelope re-
quirements of this code shall be determined by assigning
such products a default SHGC in accordance with Table
2003 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE®
Plans Examiner
Zoning Official
Energy Code Compliance Information
% Glazing of exterior walls
101.4.1. & 101.4.1.2
Insulation R value of exterior walls
1.01.4.1. & 1.01.4.1.2
Insulation R value of ceiling 1 (flat areas)
101.4.1 & 101.4.1.2
Insulation R value of ceiling 2 (vaulted areas/no attic)
101..4.1. & 101.4.1.2
Glazing SHGC
101.4.1 & 101.4.1.2
Glazing U-Factor
101.4.1 & 101.4.1.2
R value of ductwork
101.4.1 & 1.01.4.1.2
A/C SEER Rating
101.4.1 & 101.4.1.2
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
N/A Re:2003 IECC Section
ACI
AMERICAN CONSTRUCTION INVESTIGATIONS, LTD.
602 SAWYER STREET, SUITE 200, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77007-7510
(713)864-8494 1-888-595-8500 FAX:(713) 864-8495
email aci®acico corn
ACCESSIBILITY SPECIALISTS
Registered with
TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION
ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS
TAS PLAN REVIEW & INSPECTION APPLICATION
Firm's Project No
04104-POF
We, CDA Architects Inc. (Architect -of -Record,
Engineer, Interior Designer or Owner) request that ACI (American Construction Investigations, Ltd.) provide a
plan review of Post Oak Square - FacadeRemodel ( Project Name)
for com fiance with the Elimination of Architectural Barriers Act, (Texas Government Code, Chapter 469).
We understand that in performing such services, ACI is assuming none of the responsibilities of the Architect -of -Record for design,
suitability of purpose or compliance with any law or regulation including the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), (P.L. 101-336).
We further understand that the opinions of ACI are for the limited purpose of meeting State requirements for such review & inspection
under the statute and do not constitute a warranty or representation for any purpose. We agree that the limit of liability of ACI for any
Claim ao.ninct it fnr services nerformed under this agreement shall he the sum of its fee nursuant to this agreement.
ORDER INFORMATION
Construction Cost
Review
Inspection
Review
*Inspection
*ACI will accept
prepayment of the
Inspection fees for
projects completed
within 6 months
of submittal date.
ACI retains the project
TDLR - TAS file folder.
Therefore, files are available
immediately for AC.I to
perform inspections.
so- $49 999
$200
$200
50.000 - 200,000
j� 200.1001 - 500,000
50".001 - 17000,000
250
315
380
350
375
400
$315.00
$375.00
1,000.001 - 5,000,000
5,00, ,001 - 10,000,000
l 0 0(: t.001 - 15 00,000
15 0001001 - 25,000,000
25,000.001 - 50,000,000
445
575
620
785
1 955
445
575
620
785
955
(� 50 000.001 - 75,000 000
1 1,175
1 1,175
75,0100 001 - or greater
I Contact ACI for negotiated fee.
Project Completion Date:
7/30/2007
One time Project Filing Fee to be paid at Review submittal
$175.00
----------
,rrave.l expense for outside 20-mile radius of downtown Houston
----------
48 hours/2 working days service $100
Total Review & Ins ection
Application must be accompanied b payment in full. Total
$490.00
$375.00
1 $865.00
For Free Pick-up: Call 713-864-8494 or 1-888-595-8500
❑ Send me a submittal receipt by facsimile.
ACI can review & inspect both privately and publicly financed projects Financed construction projects which are leased to the State or a
political subdivision must be applied to TDLR in Austin for review and inspection. The plan review fee includes only one resubmittal
review. Our normal expected plan review period is about 10 working days, however guaranteed 48 hours/2 working days service is offered
for an additional $100 charge. Call prior to submitting to confirm availability. Inspection fee is for one field inspection for projects within
a 20-mile radius of downtown Houston. Call for inspection travel expenses outside a 20 mile radius of downtown Houston.
Attached:
❑ Completed ACI TAS Plan Review & Inspection Application (This form).
❑ Completed TDLR Architectural Barriers Project Registration form (Separate form).
❑ One complete set of construction documents for all disciplines for Plan Review.
❑ Check or money order for total price payable to ACI or (American Construction Investigations, Ltd.)
For remod ing projects where facility has been previous reviewed or inspected please provide EABPRJ:
Please p 1 fax umber whether inspection fee is paid or not. Owner's Fax No: ( 713) 623-6804
X ( 281 ) 440-3301 ( 281) 440-3755
Authorizedgifnafru-e Date Telephone
Authorized Signature Name above: Charles L. Chambliss Email Address:
Office Contact for Correspondence: Ann M. Thomas Email Address:
Fax
charlesc@cdaarchitects.com
annt@cdaarchitects.com
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
PROJ. NO. REC'D. DUE INIT. EABPRJ NO.
rAS FORM A-01//05
ABProjRegForm
http://www.license. state.tx.us/abproj ectregistration/ABProjRegYormV
Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
Architectural Barriers Project Registration Confirmation Page
Thursday, February 15, 2007
EABPRJA7809910
PERSON FILING FORM
Name: ANN THOMAS Email: AnnT@CDAarchitects.com Phone:
281-440-3301
Project Name: Post Oak Square - Facade Remodel
Project Post Oak Square Shopping Center
Address: 1100 Harvey
College Station, TX 77840 County: Brazos
TENANT Name: Phone: --
Tenant Address:
Contact Name: Phone: --
Contact Address:
BUILDING/FACILITY Name: Post Oak Square Shopping Center
FACILITY Owner: Post Oak Square Partners Phone: 713-623-6800
Owner Address: 19 Briar Hollow Lane #100, Houston, Tx 77027
Contact Name: Kevin Curry Phone: 713-623-6800
Contact Address: 19 Briar Hollow Lane #100, houston, tx 77027
DESIGN FIRM Name: CDA ARCHITECTS INC Phone: 281-440-3301
Firm Address: 14403 CORNERSTONE VILLAGE DR, HOUSTON, TX
77014-1206
Designer Name: CHARLES L CHAMBLISS Email:
CHARLESC@CDAARCHITECTS.COM
Type of License: Architect License Number: 3754
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Start Date: 04/2007 Completion date: 07/2007 Estimated
Cost: $280,000.00
Type of Work: Renovation/Alteration
Does this building(s) have more than one level? No
Are there any elevators, escalators, or platform lifts in this building?
No
Type of Funds: This project is privately funded, on private land for private
use.
State Lease No.
Scope of Work: Facade Remodel of Existing Shopping Center
will submit this AB Confirmation Page with a complete set of construction documents and applicable fees to a Registered
Accessibility Specialist (RAS) or Contract Provider.
I hereby notify the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation of the described project and of my intent to perform, or
cause to be performed, all services necessary to design said project in accordance with the provisions of Texas
Gover t Code Chapter 469. 1 certify that I am the registered design professional with overall responsibility for the
deli f je whose seal is affixed to the construction documents.
I jh C
Signatur f -sign Professional Date Email Address
OR
I hereby notify the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation of my intent to comply with the provision of Texas
Government Code, Chapter 469.
Signature of Building Owner or Designated Agent Date Email Address
Signature of RAS OR Name of CP RAS/CP# Date Construction Documents
Received by RAS
1 of 2 2/15/2007 1:37 PN
http://www. brazoscad. org/Appraisal/PublicAccess/PropertyDetail. asp...
Brazos County Appraisal District y
•
1673 Briarciest Drive Suite A-101, Bryan, Texas 77802
Telephone: 979-774.4100 Office Hour%: Monday - Friday 8:00AM - 5:00PIM '� u
Home
'
Property Detail Sheet (R87856)
'
General Information
Hi tory Datasheet Statement ® Bills Tax HlstoN
News
Owner Information
FAQ
Owner ID:
00006197
Searches
Owner Name:
POST OAK SQUARE PARTNERS
Property ID Search
Owner Address:
19 BRIAR HOLLOW LN STE #100
HOUSTON,TX 77027-2801
Account Search
Property Address:
1100 HARVEY RD
Owner Search
Parcel Information
Address Search
Legal Description:
POST OAK SQUARE, BLOCK 1, LOT 2R, ACRES 10.42, "PT OF POST OAK SQUARE CENTER"
Property Data
Acreage:
Cross Reference:
514300-0001.0020
Detail Sheet
Undivided Interest:
100
History
Exemption Codes:
Entity Codes:
C2 (CITY OF COLL. STAT.)
Datasheet
G1 (BRAZOS COUNTY)
Bills
S2 (COLLEGE STATION ISD)
Deed Type:
WARRANTY DEED
Other
Deed Book:
6438
Taxing Units
Deed Page:
074
Map Page:
561.212
Neighborhoods
Abstracts
Land HS:
$0 +
Land NHS:
$1,874,590 +
Subdivisions
Improvement HS:
$0 +
FORMS & APPLICATIONS
Improvement NHS:
S2,676,160 +
Ag Market:
$0
Ag Use:
$0 +
Timber Market:
$0
Timber Use:
$0 +
Assessed:
S4,550,750 =
®
Improvements
ID
Type
SPTB Segs Value
Impl
C (Commercial)
F1 (Ft - Real, Commercial) 2 $ 3,131,050
Imp2
C (Commercial)
F1 (F1 - Real, Commercial) 2 $ 309,610
Imp3
C (Commercial)
F1 (F1 - Real, Commercial) 0 $ 456,000
®
Land
ID
Type
SPTB Acres Market
Land1
2 (Commercial)
F1 (Ft - Real, Commercial) $ 1.874,590
raa kdobe Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 (minimum) is required to view pdf documents. Acrobat Reader is a free program available here.
Reader,
1 of 1 2/15/2007 10:35 -AM
R87856
Page 1 of 2
Current Owner
Legal Description
Exemptions
Appraised
POST OAK SQUARE PARTNERS (00006197)
POST OAK SQUARE, BLOCK 1, LOT 2R, ACRES 10.42,
"PT OF
4,550,750
19 BRIAR HOLLOW LN STE #100
POST OAK SQUARE CENTER"
HOUSTON,TX 77027-2801
Entities
Homestead Cap
C2, G1, S2
0
Situs Address
History Information
1100 HARVEY RD
_
2006
2005
2004
2003
Imp HS
$0
$0
_T
Imp NHS
$2,676,160
$1,888,940
$1,825,580
$1,780,510
-
Sales
Land HS
Land NHS
Ag Mkt
$0
$1,874,590
$0
$0
$1,874,590
$0
-
$1,874,590
$1,874,590
Date Volume Page Seller Name
_�
12/16/2004 6438 074 POST OAK SQUARE LTD
05/28/1993 1805
185 FDIC FOR NCNB TEXAS NATIONAL
Ag Use
$0
$0
-
-
12/09/1991 1384
075 NCNB TEXAS NATIONAL BANK
Tim Mkt
$0
$0
12/04/1990 1224
621 LISTER PROPERTIES CO
Tim Use
$0
$0
HS Cap
-
-
Assessed
$4,550,750
$3,763,530
$3,700,170
$3,655,100
Building Attributes
Improvement Sketch
Construction
Foundation
Exterior
Interior
Roof
Flooring
SF
CS
CB
SR
MT
CID
Heat/AC
Baths
Fireplace
Year Built
Rooms
Bedrooms
AH
1983
Improvements
Type Description Area Year Built Eff Year Value
C Commercial $3,131,050
MA Main Area
91724 1983 1983 $3,068,760
OP Open Porch
6204 $62,290
Land Segments
SPTB Description Area Market Ag Value
F1 Commercial 453895.00F 1,874,590
R87856
Page 2 of 2
Current Owner
Legal Description
Exemptions
Appraised
POST OAK SQUARE PARTNERS (00006197)
POST OAK SQUARE, BLOCK 1, LOT 2R, ACRES 10.42,
"PT OF
4,550,750
19 BRIAR HOLLOW LN STE #100
POST OAK SQUARE CENTER"
HOUSTON,TX 77027-2801
Entities
Homestead Cap
C2, G1, S2
0
Situs Address
History Information
1100 HARVEY RD
2006
2005
2004
2003
Imp HS
$0
$0
Imp NHS
$2,676,160
$1,888,940
$1,825,580
$1,780,510
-
Sales
Land HS
Land NHS
$0
$1,874,590
$0
$1,874,590
$1,874,590
-
$1,874,590
Date Volume Page Seller Name
12/16/2004 6438
074 POST OAK SQUARE LTD
Ag Mkt
$0
$0
05/28/1993 1805
185 FDIC FOR NCNB TEXAS NATIONAL E
Ag Use
$0
$0
12/09/1991 1384
075 NCNB TEXAS NATIONAL BANK
Tim Mkt
$0
$0
12/04/1990 1224
621 LISTER PROPERTIES CO
Tim Use
$0
$0
-
HS Cap
-
-
Assessed
$4,550,750 $3,763,530
$3,700,170
$3,655,100
Building Attributes
Improvement Sketch
Construction
Foundation
Exterior
Interior
Roof
Flooring
SF
CS
CB
SR
MT
CID
Heat/AC
Baths
Fireplace
Year Built
Rooms
Bedrooms
AH
1987
Improvements
Type Description Area Year Built Eff Year Value
C Commercial
$309,610
MA Main Area
6000 1987 1987 $299,140
OP Open Porch
700 1987 1987 $10,470
C Commercial
$456,000
Land Segments
SPTB Description Area Market Ag Value
F1 Commercial
453895.00F 1,874,590
POST OAK SQUARE
K
LL
OZ
~ U
1? PIER 1
as
~O o_
Zx
in
O
6 r<
0
0
• 11 ✓
13 14 ; 1 16 11
TOYS'R' US
NOT A PART OF
SHOPPING CENTER
I
❑ ❑ ❑
, f FIDE LIS
R e a I t y P a r t n e r s
FOR LEASING
INFORMATION:
19 Briar Hollow Lane
Suite 100
Houston, Texas 77027
713.623.6800
713.623.6804 f.
The Information contained herein Is provided as a convenience only
and should not be construed as a representation or warranty of any
kind. Any reliance on or use of such Information shall be at the
user's sole risk. Fidells Realty Partners shall not be liable for any
inaccuracy In or omission from any such Information. Seller or
landlord makes no representation as to the environmental condition
of the property and recommends purchaser's or tenant's
Independent investigation thereof. Fidells Realty Partners
represents the owner/landlord of the property.
1.
1100 Harvey Rd.
2.
1100-B Harvey Rd.
3.
1100-C Harvey Rd.
4.
1100-D Harvey Rd.
5.
1102 Harvey Rd.
6.
1104-A Harvey Rd.
7.
1104-C Harvey Rd.
8.
1104-D Harvey Rd.
9.
1106 Harvey Rd.
10.
1108-A Harvey Rd.
11.
1108-B Harvey Rd.
12.
1108-C Harvey Rd.
13.
1128 Harvey Rd.
14.
1140 Harvey Rd.
15.
1200 Harvey Rd.
16.
1220 Harvey Rd.
17.
1222 Harvey Rd.
18.
1400 Harvey Rd.
Al's Formal Wear
Edward Jones
Cingular Wireless
AVAILABLE
Ninfa's
Plato's Closet
AVAILABLE
AVAILABLE
Citi Financial
Scrapbook Country
AVAILABLE
AVAILABLE
TJ Maxx
Sizes Unlimited
AVAILABLE
AVAILABLE
The Sleep Station
AVAILABLE
TOTAL GLA:
k�
1,800 SF
1,200 SF
1,309 SF
1,700 SF
5,900 SF
2,700 SF
1,430 SF
.2,100 SF
1,750 SF
2,700 SF
2,100 SF
2,330 SF
28,500 SF
6,435 SF
32,070 SF
1,500 SF
3,200 SF
12,600 SF
111,324 SF
TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION REPORT
DATE J I ME
FAX NO./NAME
DURATION
PAGE(S)
RESULT
MODE
TIME 02/28/2007 15:45
NAME
FAX
TEL
SER.# 000L5J596800
02/28 15:44
912814403755-40681#
00:00:40
02
OK
STANDARD
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
1101 Texas Avenue South, PO Box 9960
College Station, Texas 7784Z
Phone 979.764.3570 / Fax 979.764.3496
FACSIMILE COVER SHWr
Date, F-0b . 2- # of pages including cover: 2-
I1you did not receive a complete lax, please call our ofl5ce immediatetyior a new transmittal,
TO- FAX: 2- d I 1f Flo - 3 SS
COMPANY: G D 14
FROM: Mof
COMVANy- i +Hr nf I'Alacra cfn*;^s,
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
110:1 Texas Avenue South, PO Box 9960
College Station, Texas 77842
Phone 979.764.3570 / Fax 979.764.3496
FACSIMILE COVER SHEET
Date: F10h . 2- h3' Z� # of pages including cover: Z
Ifyou did not receive a complete fax, please call our oflioe immediately for anew transmittal.
TO: M tfe x �y o..-.dp sm.-� FAX: Z 8 / - q c(cl - S 7 Ss-
COMPANY:— G 1D A
RE: 1005* OQ /e S q — 5,aAWe
FROM:
COMPANY: City of College Station, Development Services
REMARKS: ❑ Urgent [9 For your review ❑ Repl y ASAP gm
6H;
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
Planning & Development Services
February 27, 2007
Re: Post Oak Square- Exterior Fagade Only Remodel- 1100 Harvey Road
Application #: 07-397
Dear Mr. Mark Thompson,
I have completed the plan review for the above referenced project and have the following
comments. The plan review is based on the 2003 International Codes, the 2002
National Electrical Code and our local amendments. Where appropriate, I have
included the applicable code sections.
1. Remove the plywood in the proposed changes to the exterior walls and
replace with a non-combustible material to comply with the requirements of
construction type II-B per 2003 IBC.
2. Provide special inspections for welded or high strength bolt connects. The
Special Inspections statement shall include the following:
A. List the third party inspector retained to perform the special
inspections.
B. The third party inspector shall conduct inspections on
structural field welds and structural bolt connections.
C. Inspections shall be conducted during the installation which
shall report any deficiencies.
D. Provide a final inspection and final report after installation has
been completed stating that the structural connections meet their
required industry standards and all deficiencies have been
corrected.
to comply with section 1704 of the 2003 International Building Code.
The review does not include any civil or zoning issues or NRA requirements of the
Unified Development Ordinance. Please respond to the plan review comments at your
convenience. Three sets of plans addressing these issues will be required. Should
you have any questions, contact me at 979-764-3754.
Thank You
Ben McCarty
Plans Examiner
P.O. BOX 9960 • not TEXAS AVENUE
COLLEGE STATION • TEXAS • 77842
979.764.3570
W W W.CstX.90V
(1104V_
.City of College Station Page of
Building Inspection Department
PLANS EXAMINATION REPORT
Address: 11 D p Date:
Project Name: •-imr 501 Ca./,- e-10-6eZ Sg' Ine-
'e
Drawing
Number
Code
Ref.
Number
Ma.-9 '7-�o�--��sor, oCo.,c . :Z 61- cfVD— Z r —
C D A A,.L,4e,* Questions or Comments
Z G f,R.
0
Received by: Date:
TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION REPORT
DATE DIME
FAX NO./NAME
DURATION
PAGE(S)
RESULT
MODE
TIME 02/28/2007 16:33
NAME
FAX
TEL
SER.# 000L5J596800
02/28 16:32
912814403755-40681#
00:00:35
02
OK
STANDARD
1101 Texas Avenue South, PO Box 9960
College Station, Texas 77842
Phone 979.764.3570 / Fax 979,764,3496
FACSIMILE COVER. SHEET
Date: Fe . '7- t9, "2- C?o ; # of pages including cover: 2"
If you did not receive a complete fax, please cull our office immediately for a new Transmittal.
TO: Oar K FAX: 2 S / — V Yo T 3
COMPANY: C D A X.-c r,-Is-
RE: POS)' Oq le �5p 14,* r o r AT
FROM &ras7 'Y' I,-- eme e /
COMPANY: City of College Station
1101 Texas Avenue South, PO Box 9960
College Station, Texas 77842
Phone 979.764.3570 / Fax 979.764.3496
FACSIMILE COVER SHEET
Date: Fe • z 81 moo # of pages including cover: Z
If you did not receive a complete fax, please call our office immediately for a new transmittal.
TO: Oar le- 7-G, o..�yh s o� FAX: 2 8
COMPANY: L) A 4o-c A,V e c'lss
RE: %SOS - Oa le ATc a a"e fee.., "Iel
FROM: L—exee /
COMPANY: City of College Station
REMARKS: ❑ Urgent ❑ For your review ❑ Reply ASAP FYI
iota ✓!r ! C0P-17vY1el-7
CITY OF COLLEGE STATION
Planning & Development Services
Planning Comments
Post Oak Square Facade Renovation and Renovation of 99 Cent Store
1. Please supply samples of facade renovation colors which must match College
Station's color palette. Accent colors are allowed up to 15% of the facade.
2. Show evidence (% calculations) that at least 10% of the facades facing ROW is
brick, stone, marble, granite, or a specified concrete product.
3. New signs are permitted separately.
4. Screen any ground mechanical equipment from the ROW with encasement,
parapet walls, partition screens, brick/stone/masonry walls, or fences.
Reviewed by: Grant Wencel February 21, 2007
Planning and Development Services
Tel: 979-764-3570
P.O. BOX 9960 • 1101 TEXAS AVENUE
COLLEGE STATION • TEXAS • 77842
979.764.3570
www.cstx.gov